Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical...

268
Version Technical Reference Manual 4817A 2.0 M AY 2000

Transcript of Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical...

Page 1: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Version

T e c h n i c a l R e f e r e n c e M a n u a l

4817A2.0

M AY 2000

Page 2: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00

MANUAL HISTORYDate of issue for original version and subsequent versions:

4817, Version 1.0 ............................ May 19934817, Version 2.0 ............................ January 19944817, Version 3.0 ............................ October 19974817, Version 4.0 ............................ December 19984817A, Version 1.0 .......................... August 19994817A, Version 2.0 ........................ May 2000

Copyright © 1999 Tokheim Corporation. All rights reserved.

The information contained in this manual is copyrighted byTokheim Corporation and is for the exclusive use of Tokheim’sAuthorized Service Representatives, Distributors, and customers,who are authorized to make copies for use in their business. Nopart of this manual may be reproduced or transmitted in any formby any other person or persons without written permission ofTokheim Corporation.

Trademarks:

INSIGHT™ is a trademark of Tokheim Corporation. MaxVac® isa registered trademark of Tokheim Corporation

Page VersionNo. No.

Cover ..................... 2.0

History Pages ........ 2.0

i — viii .................... 2.0

1-1 – 1-7 ................ 2.0

1-8 – 1-10 .............. 1.0

1-11 – 1-19 ............ 2.0

1-20 – 1-29 ............ 2.0

2-1 — 2-4 .............. 1.0

2-5 ..................... 2.0

2-6 — 2-10 ............ 1.0

2-11 ..................... 2.0

2-12 — 2-20 .......... 1.0

3-1 — 3-3 .............. 2.0

3-4 — 3-11 ............ 1.0

3-12 — 3-27 .......... 2.0

3-28 ..................... 2.0

4-1 — 4-6 .............. 1.0

4-7— 4-8 ............... 2.0

4-9 ..................... 1.0

4-10 ..................... 2.0

4-11 — 4-33 .......... 1.0

4-34 — 4-35 .......... 2.0

4-36 — 4-41 .......... 1.0

5-1 ..................... 2.0

5-2 — 5-13 ............ 1.0

5-14 — 5-15 .......... 2.0

6-1 ..................... 2.0

Page VersionNo. No.

NOTE: If entries are shown in boldItalics on this page, they represent newpage(s) found in this latest version.

Previous version numbers are containedwithin this latest version printing. Usethis Manual History page as a guide.

Page VersionNo. No.6-2 — 6-4 .............. 1.0

6-5 — 6-7 .............. 2.0

6-8 ..................... 1.0

7-1 — 7-30 ............ 2.0

7-31 — 7-36 .......... 2.0

8-1 — 8-27 ............ 2.0

8-28 — 8-30 .......... 2.0

9-1 — 9-13 ............ 2.0

9-14 ..................... 2.0

10-1 — 10-4 .......... 2.0

11-1 — 11-10 ........ 1.0

11-11 ..................... 2.0

11-2 ..................... 1.0

Index-1 – Index-9... 2.0

Page 3: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference ManualForm 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00

SOFTWARE HISTORY

Premier B

Premier C

ManualVersionNumber

Dispenser and Dispenser Payment Terminal (DPT) Software VersionNumbers

Dispenser BlenderCo-Processor

StandardDPT

StandardDPT with

TDS

StandardDPT withTDS Plus

INSIGHTDPT

4817A1.0

QQ.01.00.00+ QL.01.00.00+ JP.02.18.00+ MT.QD.01.00+ MT.03.00.00+ MT.PQ.05.00+

4817A2.0

QQ.02.01.00+(see note below)

QL.01.00.00+(see note below)

JP.02.18.00+ MT.QD.01.00+ MT.03.01.00+ MT.PQ.05.00+

IMPORTANT NOTE - BLENDER DISPENSERS ONLY!Software versions QQ.02.01.00 (Dispenser) and QL.01.00.00 (Blender Co-Processor) must beinstalled together. Otherwise, error 20s will occur.

ManualVersionNumber

Dispenser and Dispenser Payment Terminal (DPT) Software Version Numbers

Dispenser BlenderCo-Processor

Model426B-WK

StandardDPT

StandardDPT with

TDS

StandardDPT withTDS Plus

INSIGHTDPT

1.0 JN.04.01.01+

2.0 JN.02.12.00+

3.0 JN.04.11.00 FG.02.05.00

4.0 QM.01.00.00+(see note below)

QL.01.00.00+(see note below)

QA.04.11.00+ JP.02.18.00+ MT.QD.01.00+ MT.03.00.00+ MT.PQ.03.00+

4817A1.0

QM.01.00.00+(see note below)

QL.01.00.00+(see note below)

QA.04.11.00+ JP.02.18.00+ MT.QD.01.00+ MT.03.00.00+ MT.PQ.05.00+

4817A2.0

QM.01.00.00+(see note below)

QL.01.00.00+(see note below)

QA.04.11.00+ JP.02.18.00+ MT.QD.02.00+ MT.03.01.00+ MT.PQ.05.00+

IMPORTANT NOTE - BLENDER DISPENSERS ONLY!Software versions QL.01.00.00 (Blender Co-Processor ) and QM.01.00.00 (Dispenser)must be installed together. Otherwise, error 20s will occur.

Page 4: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00

Page 5: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

CONTENTS

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Section 1: IntroductionDocument-on-Demand .....................................................................1-2

Related Documents ......................................................................... 1-2

Premier Specifications ....................................................................1-3

Premier B & C Dispenser Features ................................................. 1-6

Premier B Model Number Notation ..................................................1-8

Premier C Model Number Notation ................................................ 1-11

Premier B Dispenser Identification ................................................ 1-14

Premier C Dispenser Identification ................................................ 1-16

Operational Diagrams (Premier B & C) .......................................... 1-20

Transverse Dispenser Configurations (Premier C) .......................... 1-21

Operational Diagrams (Premier C Transverse) ............................... 1-22

Electronic Blend Valve Operation (Premier B & C) ........................ 1-26

System Overview ........................................................................... 1-29

Section 2: Accessing Electrical ComponentsDispenser Orientation (Premier B & C) ............................................2-2

Premier B Components

Electronics Enclosure Components ................................................2-4

Accessing the Card Cage ...............................................................2-6

Accessing the Card Cage Circuit Boards ........................................ 2-8

Accessing the DPT Controller Boards .............................................2-9

Accessing MaxVac Vapor Recovery Components ......................... 2-10

Accessing the Connection Box ..................................................... 2-11

Premier C Components

Electronics Enclosure Components

Premier C with Standard DPT and Cash Acceptor Options ..... 2-12

Premier C with INSIGHT DTP & TDS Options ........................ 2-14

Accessing Hardware on Premier C ................................................ 2-16

Accessing the Card Cage ............................................................. 2-17

Accessing the Card Cage Circuit Boards ...................................... 2-17

Accessing the DPT Controller Boards ........................................... 2-18

Accessing MaxVac Vapor Recovery Components ......................... 2-19

Accessing the Connection Box ..................................................... 2-20

Page 6: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

CONTENTS

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manualii Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00

Section 3: System Circuit BoardsCommon Circuit Boards for Premier B and C

Circuit Board Orientation ................................................................. 3-2

Mother Board................................................................................... 3-3

Interface Board ............................................................................... 3-6

Expanded Computer Board .............................................................. 3-8

Multiplex Board .............................................................................. 3-10

Relay Board .................................................................................. 3-11

AC Distribution Board ................................................................... 3-13

Blend Control Board ...................................................................... 3-17

Valve Interface Board .................................................................... 3-18

Options Power Supply ................................................................... 3-19

Circuit Boards for Premier B Only

LED Board .................................................................................... 3-21

Display Board ................................................................................ 3-22

Circuit Boards for Premier C Only

Display Board ................................................................................ 3-25

Intrinsically Safe Barrier (ISB) Assembly ...................................... 3-27

Section 4: Wiring DiagramsH426B-S Suction (Premier B) .......................................................... 4-2

H428B-S Suction (Premier B) .......................................................... 4-3

H311B/H312B/H322B/H324B-S Suction (Premier B) ....................... 4-4

Intercom Speaker Wiring (Premier B) .............................................. 4-5

Intercom Speaker Wiring (Premier C) .............................................. 4-6

Electronics Block Diagram (Premier C) ........................................... 4-7

Electronics Block Diagram (Premier B) ........................................... 4-8

H413B-R (Premier B) ...................................................................... 4-9

H426B-R (Premier B) .................................................................... 4-10

H311B/H322B/H324B-R (Premier B) .............................................. 4-11

H428B-R (Premier B) .................................................................... 4-12

H413B-REB (Premier B) ................................................................ 4-13

H426B-REB (Premier B) ................................................................ 4-14

H322B-B3/B5 (Premier B) ............................................................. 4-15

AC Distribution Board Block Diagram (Premier B) ......................... 4-16

Page 7: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

CONTENTS

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 iii

Section 4: Wiring Diagrams (continued)Premier B System Wiring Diagrams

Mother Board .......................................................................... 4-17

Pump Handles & Pulsers - H428B-S ...................................... 4-18

Pump Handles & Pulsers ........................................................ 4-19

Motors & Valves - H428B-S .................................................... 4-20

Motors & Valves ..................................................................... 4-21

Displays .................................................................................. 4-22

AC Distribution ....................................................................... 4-23

Options Power Supply ............................................................. 4-24

Premier B System Wiring Diagrams (continued)

Connection Box ...................................................................... 4-24

Dispenser Payment Terminal (DPT) ........................................ 4-25

INSIGHT Dispenser Payment Terminal - H324B ..................... 4-26

Dispenser Payment Terminal - H426B..................................... 4-27

INSIGHT Dispenser Payment Terminal - H426-REB ............... 4-28

INSIGHT Dispenser Payment Terminal - H428B-R .................. 4-29

MaxVac System Wiring Diagram for Non-Blend Dispensers .... 4-30

MaxVac System Wiring Diagram for Blending Dispensers ....... 4-31

Premier C System Wiring Diagrams

System Wiring Diagram .......................................................... 4-32

Intrinsically Safe Barrier Board (H300 Series) ......................... 4-33

Intrinsically Safe Barrier Board (H400 Series) ......................... 4-34

Intrinsically Safe Barrier Board (H400 Series) ......................... 4-35

Displays .................................................................................. 4-36

AC Distribution ....................................................................... 4-37

MaxVac Vapor Recovery ......................................................... 4-38

Standard DPT ......................................................................... 4-39

Debit DPT .............................................................................. 4-40

INSIGHT DPT ........................................................................ 4-41

Section 5: Diagnostic InformationUsing the Manager Key and Arming Key..........................................5-2

Basic Programming ......................................................................... 5-3

Example of Basic Programming ......................................................5-4

Page 8: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

CONTENTS

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manualiv Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999

Premier B and C Diagnostic Modes

Mode F11 – View Communications Diagnostics ........................ 5-6

Mode F96 – View Error, State, & Termination Code Histories .... 5-7

Mode F97 – Check Operator Keypads & Nozzle Boot Switches 5-10

Mode F98 – Initiate Display, DPT, & Product Selection Keypad Diagnostics ............................................. 5-12

Mode F99 – View Software Date Code, CRC Code, and ROM CRC Diagnostic Test .................................. 5-13

Calibrating Dispenser Meters ........................................................ 5-14

Measuring Premier Dispenser to Console Communications ........... 5-14

Section 6: Error Message Handling & Troubleshooting TipsLogic Sequence to Dispenser Repair ............................................... 6-2

Circuit Board Signal Flow Block Diagram (Premier B) .................... 6-2

Circuit Board Signal Flow Block Diagram (Premier C) .................... 6-3

ERR 01 – ERR 09 ........................................................................... 6-4

ERR 3x – ERR 13 ........................................................................... 6-5

ERR 14 – ERR 21 ........................................................................... 6-6

ERR 22 – ERR 27 ........................................................................... 6-7

ERR 39 & ERR 49 .......................................................................... 6-8

Section 7: Premier Standard DPTComponent List for Standard DPT Assemblies (Premier B & C) ..... 7-2

Subassembly Orientation (Premier B) ............................................ 7-2

Subassembly Orientation (Premier C) ............................................ 7-3

Standard DPT Information (Premier B & C) ..................................... 7-4

Standard DPT with TDS Information (Premier B & C) ..................... 7-9

Standard DPT with TDS Plus Information (Premier B & C) ............ 7-13

DPT Diagnostics (Premier B & C) ................................................. 7-18

Troubleshooting (Standard DPT) Problems (Premier B & C) .......... 7-21

Card Reader Cleaning Procedure (Premier B & C) ........................ 7-23

Tear-Bar Printer Paper Loading (Premier B) ................................... 7-24

Changing Paper on a Standard DPT Printer (Premier C) ................ 7-26

Cash Acceptor

Lock Assemblies (Premier B & C) .......................................... 7-27

Access to the Cash Acceptor Cassette (Premier B) ............... 7-28

Removing the Cash Acceptor (Premier B) ............................... 7-28

Access to the Cash Acceptor Cassette (Premier C) ............... 7-29

Removing the Cash Acceptor (Premier C) ............................... 7-29

Dip Switches on the Cash Acceptor (Premier B & C) .............. 7-31

Card Reader Cleaning Procedure (Premier B & C) .................. 7-32

Page 9: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

CONTENTS

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 v

Section 8: INSIGHT™ DPTComponent List for INSIGHT DPT Assemblies (Premier B & C) .....8-2

INSIGHT Operation in Native Mode and Graphic Mode ....................8-2

Subassembly Orientation (Premier B) .............................................8-3

INSIGHT Block Diagram (Premier B & C) .......................................8-3

INSIGHT DPT Controller Board (Premier B & C)

LED and Test Point Locations ..................................................8-4

Jumper and Switch Locations ...................................................8-6

Configuring INSIGHT DPT Controller Board ..............................8-7

INSIGHT Board Connectors ......................................................8-9

Graphic DPT Display Board (Premier B & C) ................................. 8-12

Keypad Keycodes (Premier B & C) ................................................ 8-13

Diagnostic Tests (Premier B & C) ................................................. 8-14

Communication Problems (Premier B & C) ................................... 8-17

DPT Display Problems (Premier B & C) ........................................ 8-18

Operational Problems (Premier B & C) .......................................... 8-20

Graphic Printer Problems (Premier B & C) .................................... 8-21

Card Reader Cleaning (Premier B & C) .......................................... 8-21

Changing Paper on a Graphic Printer (Premier B) .......................... 8-22

Clearing a Paper Jam on a Graphic Printer (Premier B) ................. 8-25

Changing Paper on an INSIGHT DPT Printer (Premier C) .............. 8-27

Clearing a Paper Jam on an INSIGHT DPT Printer (Premier C) ..... 8-28

Section 9: MaxVac® Vapor Recovery System (Premier B & C)Underground Tank & Piping Diagram...............................................9-2

Nozzle / Vehicle Fill Pipe ................................................................ 9-3

MaxVac System Components .........................................................9-3

MaxVac System Certification Requirements ....................................9-4

MaxVac System Tests ....................................................................9-4

Problems at Power-Up? ..................................................................9-5

MaxVac Error LEDs ......................................................................... 9-6

MaxVac Multiplex Board ..................................................................9-8

MaxVac Blend Control Board ...........................................................9-9

MaxVac Power Supply Board ......................................................... 9-10

MaxVac Motor Control Board ......................................................... 9-11

MaxVac Mini Motor Control Board .................................................. 9-13

Page 10: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

CONTENTS

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manualvi Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999

Section 10: Solenoid Valve Coil Diagnostics (Premier B & C)Checking Coil Voltages ................................................................. 10-2

Checking Coil Resistance ............................................................. 10-3

Wiring Diagrams ........................................................................... 10-4

Section 11: Glossary

Index

Page 11: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 vii

DISCLOSURE NOTICEThis document contains information proprietary to Tokheim Corporation. The datacontained herein, in whole or in part, may not be duplicated, used, or disclosedoutside the recipient or purchaser for any purpose other than to evaluate or operatethe equipment described within the document.

!!! FCC WARNING !!!This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and if notinstalled and used in accordance with the instruction manual, may cause interferenceto radio communications. It has been tested and has been found to comply as a class“A” device with Part 15, Subpart “J” of the FCC rules at date of manufacture.

DISCLAIMERALTHOUGH TOKHEIM CORPORATION HAS ATTEMPTED TO COMPILE THE MATERIAL INTHIS MANUAL WITH ACCURACY, NEITHER IT, ITS EMPLOYEES, NOR ITS AGENTS CANMAKE ANY WARRANTY OR REPRESENTATION, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECTTO THE LIABILITY WITH REGARD TO THE USE OF THIS MATERIAL OR ASSUME ANYLIABILITY FOR DAMAGES RESULTING FROM THE USE OF ANY INFORMATION,APPARATUS, METHOD, OR PROCEDURE DESCRIBED IN THIS MANUAL.

IMPORTANTTHIS EQUIPMENT MUST BE INSTALLED AND USED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALLFEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL CODES AND REGULATIONS INCLUDING, BUT NOTLIMITED TO, THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE (NFPA NO. 70) AND THEAUTOMOTIVE AND MARINE SERVICE STATION CODE (NFPA 30A).

TOKHEIM DISPENSERS SHALL NOT BE USED FOR DIRECT FUELING OF AIRCRAFTWITHOUT FILTERS, SEPARATORS, AND OTHER EQUIPMENT NECESSARY TO ENSUREPRODUCT PURITY.

It is the owner’s and operator’s responsibility to ensure that the proper warning signs are posted per the currentedition of NFPA 30A, Code #9-9. These include, but are not limited to,

• “STOP MOTOR”

• “NO SMOKING”

• “WARNING — IT IS UNLAWFUL AND DANGEROUS TO DISPENSE GASOLINE INTOUNAPPROVED CONTAINERS”.

Page 12: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manualviii Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999

Safety InformationThe following requirements are mandatory and shall be followed when installing, using, orworking around Tokheim equipment. These hazards or unsafe practices may result in death orsevere injury to persons, or damage to equipment or property.

No Smoking - Never permitsmoking in the dispensing area.Sparks and embers from burningcigarettes or pipes can set fuelsand their vapors on fire.

No Flames - Never permit openflames in the dispensing area.Flames from lighters, matches,welding torches, etc. can setfuels and their vapors on fire.

Dispense InApprovedContainers -Dispense gasolineand other petroleumproducts intoapproved containers

that are on the ground. To preventstatic discharge, never dispensegasoline into a portable containerthat is in or on a vehicle, includingtrucks. Always use Tokheimapproved and UL Listed hoses andnozzles with this dispenser.

WARNING! FIRE AND ELECTRICAL HAZARD

High Voltage - To reduce therisk of electrical shock whenservicing, turn off all power toall equipment. In submersiblepump applications, turn offpower to the submersible pumpand any other dispensers whichuse that submersible pump. ACpower can feed back into a shutoff dispenser when dispensersshare a common submersiblepump or starter relay.

Stop Button - The Stop Button may not shut off allpower to the dispenser. Be sure all employees aretrained how to shut off all power to the system in caseof emergency. Code #4-1.2 of the current edition ofNFPA 30A requires that:

“A clearly identified and easily accessible switch(es) or circuit breaker(s) shall beprovided at a location remote from dispensing devices, including remote pumpingsystems, to shut off the power to all dispensing devices in the event of anemergency.”

Additionally, Code #9-4.5 of the current edition of NFPA 30A requires that:

“Emergency controls specified in 4-1.2 [listed above] shall be installed at alocation acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction, but controls shall not bemore than 100 ft. (30m) from dispensers.”

WARNING! SERVICE HAZARD

Turn Power Off - Beforeservicing, always turn off allpower to the dispenser andsubmerged pumps at the masterpanel. Close any impact valvebefore performing anymaintenance or service to thedispenser, including thechanging of fuel filters orstrainers.

Block Islands - Block islands sono vehicle can pull up to thedispenser being worked on.Unauthorized people or vehiclesin the work area are dangerous.

Clean Up Spills - Promptlyclean up product spills on thedriveway. Use an absorbentrecommended by regulatoryagencies. Dispose of absorbentas required by regulatoryagencies.

DANGER! FIRE AND EXPLOSION HAZARD

!

Page 13: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 1-1

Introduction

Manual Scope

This manual is written for the Tokheim Authorized Service Representative(ASR). It contains technical reference information for identifyingcomponents, diagnosing problems, and maintaining Premier B & C seriesdispensers.

Section Scope

This section provides a general introduction to the dispensers referenced inthis manual. Refer to the documents listed on the next page for additionalinformation for Premier B & C series dispensers.

Section 1 ContentsDocument-on-Demand ............................................................ 1-2

Related Documents ................................................................. 1-2

Premier Specifications ............................................................ 1-3

Premier B & C Dispenser Features ......................................... 1-6

Premier B Model Number Notation .......................................... 1-8

Premier C Model Number Notation ........................................ 1-11

Premier B Dispenser Identification ........................................ 1-14

Premier C Dispenser Identification ........................................ 1-16

Operational Diagrams (Premier B & C) ................................. 1-19

Transverse Dispenser Configurations (Premier C) ................ 1-21

Operational Diagrams (Premier C Transverse) ..................... 1-22

Electronic Blend Valve Operation (Premier B & C) ................ 1-26

System Overview .................................................................. 1-29

Section 1: Introduction

!

!

!

Conventions used in this Manual“DANGER” indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if notavoided, WILL result in death or serious injury.

“WARNING” indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if notavoided, COULD result in death orserious injury.

“CAUTION” indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if notavoided, MAY result in minor or moderate personal injury or propertydamage.

Tips provide useful information that can make your work easier.

Notes supply information that emphasizes or supplements important pointsin the text. Notes may also refer you to related information elsewhere in themanual.

DANGER

CAUTION

WARNING

CAUTIONFailure to installequipment orparts per Tokheimspecifications, ormaintenance byuntrainedpersonnel, mayvoid the Tokheimwarranty.

!

Page 14: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual1-2 Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999

Introduction

Document-on-DemandThe following types of documents can be ordered and received by FAX fromTokheim' Document-on-Demand service 24-hours-a-day, 7-days-a-week:

Dispenser Outline Drawings, Foundation Plans, Wiring Diagrams, TechnicalInformation, Training Information, Warranty Information, Dispenser CareInformation, CARB Requirements and more.

To access this service, dial (219) 484-1864 and follow the automatedinstructions to retrieve your document. If you do not know the number of thedocument you want, press 9999 and an Index of all available documents willbe faxed to you.

Related Documents

Premier B Documents• Service Parts Manual, Form 4814A• Installation/Wiring Manual, Form 4815A• Programming/Operating Manual, Form 4816

Premier C Documents• Site Preparation Manual, Form 5869• Installation Manual, Form 5870• Programming Manual, Form 5871• User's Guide, Form 5872• Service Parts Manual, Form 5866

Common Documents• The ONE Manual (Care of Your Pumps), Form 1680B• Form 4857 - MaxVac Owner’s Manual• CARB Executive Order G-70-154• Console Programming/Operating Manual (if applicable)

These documents can beordered from:Tokheim Service PartsPO Box 663Fremont, IN 46737Phone 219-470-4710Fax 888-865-4344

Page 15: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 1-3

Introduction

continued on next page . . .

Premier Specifications

Operating Environment (Premier B & C)Relative humidity: 5% to 95% non-condensingMinimum Ambient Temperature: -40o F (-40o C)Maximum Ambient Temperature: 104o F (40o C)

Power Requirements (Premier B & C)120 VAC (+10%, -15%) 240 VAC (+10%, -15%)60 Hz 50/60 Hz

Dispenser AC Current Requirements (maximum – Premier B)Lights and Heater:

7.6 AMPS @ 120 VAC (all models except I724B-S4x4)8.1 AMPS @ 120VAC (model I724B-S4x4 only)3.8 AMPS @ 240 VAC

Dispenser Electronics:6 AMPS @ 120 VAC3 AMPS @ 240 VAC

Suction Motors: 3/4 hp (self-contained only)10.0 AMPS / 120 VAC5.0 AMPS / 240 VAC1.5 AMPS / 380 VAC

DPT: 2.0 AMPS @ 120 VACMaxVac: 2.0 AMPS @ 120 VACOptional Spandrel Lighting:

15 AMPS @ 120VAC

Dispenser AC Current Requirements (maximum – Premier C)Lights and Heater:

5.0 AMPS @ 120 VAC2.5 AMPS @ 240 VAC

Dispenser Electronics:6 AMPS @ 120 VAC3 AMPS @ 240 VAC

Suction Motors: 3/4 hp (self-contained only)10.0 AMPS / 120 VAC5.0 AMPS / 240 VAC1.6 AMPS / 380 VAC

DPT: 2.0 AMPS @ 120 VACMaxVac: 2 AMPS @ 120 VACOptional Spandrel Lighting:

15 AMPS @ 120VAC

Page 16: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual1-4 Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00

Introduction

Premier Specifications (continued)

Battery Backup (Premier B & C)

Programmable from 0 to 19 minutes in the event of power loss. Displays andelectronics continue to be available through Manager Mode for the life of thebattery. Low battery backup sensing. Separate battery backup for sales datamemory.

Standard Power Supply (Premier B & C)Operating Temperature: -40 Degree C to +85 Degree CInput Voltage: 120 VAC -10%, +10% (108 to 132 VAC) 50/60 HZ

220 VAC -10%, +10% (187 to 242 VAC) 50/60 HZOutput Current: 2A MaximumOutput Noise: 5% pk to pk @ 2A +25 Degree C

Wide Range Power Supply (Premier B & C)Operating Temperature: -40 Degree C to +85 Degree CInput Voltage: 110 VAC -25%, +20% (82.5 to 132 VAC) 50/60 HZ

220 VAC -25%, +20% (165 to 264 VAC) 50/60 HZOutput Current: 2A MaximumOutput Noise: 5% pk to pk @ 2A +25 Degree C

Displays (Premier B & C)

Fluorescent backlit LCD Displays• Money Display: 1" high, 6 digits• Volume Display: 1" high, 6 digits, gallons or liters• Price Per Unit of Volume (PPUV) Display: .5" high, 4 digits• DPT Display: .38" high, 4 line x 20 character• INSIGHT DPT Display: 320 x 240 pixels graphic resolution

9 lines x 20 characters in text mode• INSIGHT Debit Display: 4 lines x 20 characters

Pulsers (Premier B & C)Dual phase pulsers with connect/disconnect sensing.Pulses Per Gallon / Liter:

Premier B: 1000 pulses per gallon / 250 pulses per literPremier C: 400 pulses per gallon / 100 pulses per liter

Page 17: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 1-5

Introduction

Premier Specifications (continued)

Flow Control Valves (Premier B & C)Non-blend dispensers: Dual flow, solenoid-operated diaphragm valves.Blending dispensers: Software-controlled Proportional Blend Valves.In Premier B, the valves and coils are located in the hydraulics enclosure.In Premier C, the panel-mount valves are located in the hydraulicsenclosure and the coils are located in the electronics enclosure.

Meter (Premier B & C)Three-piston, positive displacement meter can be calibrated inincrements as small as 1/5 cubic inch in five gallons.

Mechanical Totalizers (Premier B & C)9999999.99 gallon or liter, non-resettable meter driven mechanicaltotalizers.

Performance Requirements (Premier B & C)Minimum Delivery Rate: 10 GPM @ 26 PSI inlet pressure.Meter Accuracy: + .25% to 15 GPM

Fuel Limitations (Premier B & C)Maximum Ethanol Content: 15%Maximum Methanol Content: 15%

Filters (Premier B & C)

RC Models

Standard: One 7 micron or water alert 10 micron spin-on filter per product.

Options:Diesel One strainer screen (40x40 mesh rating) per product.Non-Diesel One strainer screen (90x100 mesh rating) per product.

Suction Models

Standard:Diesel One strainer screen (40x40 mesh rating) per product.Non-Diesel One strainer screen (90x110 mesh rating) per product.

Page 18: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual1-6 Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00

Introduction

Premier B & C Dispenser Features

Two Types of Dispenser Operation:• Stand-alone Operation – All the activities to allow the

dispensing of fuel are performed by the dispenser alone. Thedispenser operates without a hose controller.

• Console Operation – Dispenser operations are controlled bya console, hose controller, or site controller. All fuel saleactivities are monitored and controlled by a console orcontroller.

Two Modes:• Operating Mode – (also called Run Mode) This is the

standard running mode of the dispenser that allows thecustomer to complete a fuel sale transaction.

• Programming Mode – (also called Manager Mode) Thismode allows the programmer to initialize and set softwareselectable choices for dispenser operation.

Dispenser Payment Terminal (DPT) Option: Depending upon the DPToptions available on your dispenser, the customer can use a Credit Card,Debit Card, Fleet Card, or Cash to pay for their fuel. Most DPTs include areceipt printer.

Non-Blend Dispensers:• A one or two-sided dispenser with up to four pure products

and four hoses per side.• A one or two-sided dispenser with up to three pure products

and one hose per side.• Operates via console control or in stand alone mode.• Using a Model 67 series dispenser interface box, the

Premier C can operate with:- Dispenser control consoles- Dedicated Hose Controller (DHC)- A third party site controller that supports the Premier

communication protocol.

Page 19: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 1-7

Introduction

Premier B & C Dispenser Features (continued)

Blend Dispensers:• Electronic Blend (EB) — A one or two-sided dispenser

with two straight grade products and one blended productwith one or three hoses per side. The blend ratio isprogrammed in the manager modes.

• Variable Blend (B3, B4, B5) — A one or two-sideddispenser with blended products dispensed from one hoseper side. The blend ratios for each product are programmedin the manager modes.

• Transverse — A dispenser with products arranged in atransverse (reverse) order from side A to side B. Transverserefers to the position of the non-blended product (usuallyDiesel).

Hose Controllers

Utilizing a Model 67 series dispenser interface box, the Premier can operatewith:

• Dispenser control consoles• Dedicated Hose Controller (DHC)• A third party site controller that supports the Premier

communication protocol.

Intercom/Speaker: Refer to the manual that came with your intercomsystem.

Limitations: Only one hose per dispenser side can be active at a time.

Page 20: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim C

orporation P

remier B

& C

Series D

ispensers Technical Reference M

anual1-8

Form

4817A V

ersion 1.0 August 1999

Introduction

C C C C C C C F F F F F F O O O O O O O O O O O O OH = High HoseI = International

3 = 30 inch4 = 45 inch

1 = 1 side2 = 2 sides

Total Number of Hoses1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8

B = Premier B Series Dispenser

Dispenser Configuration Dispenser Features Dispenser Options

P R E M I E R B ( H a n d I ) M O D E L D I S P E N S E R STOKHEIM MODEL NUMBER NOTATION

Customer Specific FeatureF2 = Pump StopF3 = LIFT LEVER TO STARTF4 = PPU Display, positions 2, 3 & 4

Dispenser Payment Terminal(shown on next page)

Card Reader(Must be selected in conjunction with a T-series DPToption on the next page)R6 = 2 track, Magnetic Stripe Upper Left

Graphic Printer(Must be selected in conjunction with a G-seriesINSIGHT™ DPT option on the next page)H1 = Printer with Keypad & DebitH2 = Printer with Keypad, without DebitH3 = Printer without Keypad & Debit

Preset PricingP1 = Preset

Cash/Credit PricingK1 = Dual Pricing

Cash Acceptor(Must be selected in conjunction with a T-series DPToption on the next page)C2 = With lockable cassette

Vapor RecoveryV = Vapor RecoveryIV = Ready for future Vapor Recovery UpgradePM = Partial Vapor (MaxVac/Interim)MV = MaxVac Vapor RecoveryNo Designation = Non Vapor

R = Remote (submerged pump)R1PBA =Remote, 1 product, w/262A base adapterR2PBA =Remote, 2 product w/262A base adapterRB3 = Remote, 3 blended prod/single hose outletRB3FD =Remote w/3 blend prods., plus one future diesel prod.RB3TR =Remote w/3 blend prods., transverseRB4TR= Remote w/4 blend prods., transverseRB4 = Remote, 4 blended prod/single hose outletRB5 = Remote, 5 blended prod/single hose outletREB = Remote, 1 blended product, multiple hose outletsREBTR= Remote, 1 blend prod, multi-hose outlets, transverseRTR = Remote, transverseS = SuctionS4x4 = Suction MotorcycleSB3 = Suction w/ three blend prod/single hose outletSB3+1= Suction B3 plus oneSB5 = Suction w/ five blend prod/single hose outletSDD = Suction Double DisplaySEB = Suction w/ one blend prod/multiple hose outletsSHS = Suction High SpeedZ = Glider Kit

Page 21: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Prem

ier B &

C S

eries Dispensers Technical R

eference Manual

Tokheim C

orporationF

orm 4817A

Version 1.0 A

ugust 19991-9

Introduction

C C C C C C C F F F F F F O O O O O O O O O O O O O Dispenser Configuration Dispenser Features Dispenser Options

Dispenser Payment Terminal(Includes Printer)T2 = Card Reader ONLYT3 = Cash Acceptor & Card ReaderT4 = DEBIT Card Reader ONLY (TDS Plus)T5 = Cash Acceptor & DEBIT Card Reader (TDS Plus)T7 = Card Reader ONLY (Gasboy)T8 = Cash Acceptor & Card Reader (Gasboy)T9 = Card Reader ONLY (Hebrew display)T10 = Debit Card Reader (TDS)

INSIGHT™ Dispenser Payment TerminalG1 = Non-DPT without KeypadG2 = Non-DPT with KeypadG3 = Card Reader Only - Upper RightG4 = Card Reader Only - Upper LeftG5 = Card Reader - Upper Right, Cash Acceptor,

Locking CassetteG6 = Card Reader - Upper Left, Cash Acceptor,

Locking CassetteG7 = Card Reader - Upper Right, Cash Acceptor,

Non-Locking CassetteG8 = Card Reader - Upper Left, Cash Acceptor,

Non-Locking Cassette

P R E M I E R B ( H a n d I ) M O D E L D I S P E N S E R STOKHEIM MODEL NUMBER NOTATION

Page 22: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim C

orporation P

remier B

& C

Series D

ispensers Technical Reference M

anual1-10

Form

4817A V

ersion 1.0 August 1999

Introduction

Door, Upper1A = Painted1B = Stainless Steel

Door, Lower2A = Painted2B = Stainless Steel

Filters3J = Spin-On3K = Strainer Screen

Product Identification Panels4A = Single Piece Insert4B = Multi-Piece Insert

Raceway Width5A = 17"5B = 24"5C = 24", Bottom Access5D = 20", Bottom Access

Dispenser Options

O O O O O O O O O O O O O

Dispenser Software6A = Universal domestic - JN6B = Thailand - LG6C = International - L6D = International - MK 016E = U.S.A. - MK 026F = Brazil - MK 036G = Thailand - MK 046H = Kuwait - MK 056I = Philippines - MK 066J = Israel - MK 076K = Korea - MK 086L = Turkey - MK 096M = Malaysia - MK 106N = Pakistan - MK 116O = Singapore - MK 126P = Hong Kong - MK 136Q = Domestic (no icons) - JN6R = Domestic, transverse - PZ

Battery15A = Lead Acid15B = Nicad

Post Cover14A = Painted (In/Out)14B = Stainless (In/Out)14C = Painted Black14D = Painted (In), Stainless (Out)14E = Stainless (In), Painted (Out)

Motor11A = 120VAC, 1 phase.11B = 240VAC, 1 Phase11C = 240VAC, 3 Phase11D = 380VAC, 3 Phase

Speaker10A = Without Speaker10B = With Speaker

Operating Voltage9A = 120V, 60Hz9B = 240V, 50 Hz9C = 240V, 60 Hz

Measurement8A = Gallon8B = Liter8C = Imperial Gallon8D = Gallon (60# Bypass)8E = Liter (60# Bypass)8F = Imperial Gal. (60# Bypass)

Valance Panels7A = 24", Painted7B = 24", Stainless7C = 24", Painted w/Insert7D = 24", Stainless w/Insert7E = Without Valance

P R E M I E R B ( H a n d I ) M O D E L D I S P E N S E R STOKHEIM MODEL NUMBER NOTATION

—— NOTICE ——The U.L. Listing for the dispenserdoes not cover all options. Only thedispensers (which carry the U.L.Listing mark) are covered byUnderwriters Laboratories.

Page 23: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Prem

ier B &

C S

eries Dispensers Technical R

eference Manual

Tokheim C

orporationF

orm 4817A

Version 2.0 A

ugust 1999 Rev. 05/05/00

1-11

Introduction

X X X X C X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X XH = High Hose

3 = 30 inch4 = 45 inch

1 = 1 side2 = 2 sides

Total Number of Hoses1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8

C = Premier C Series Dispenser

Dispenser Configuration Dispenser Features Dispenser Options (shown on Page 1-6)

P R E M I E R C M O D E L D I S P E N S E R STOKHEIM MODEL NUMBER NOTATION

Customer Specific FeatureF2 = Pump StopF3 = LIFT LEVER TO STARTF4 = PPU Display, positions 2, 3 & 4

Dispenser Payment Terminal(shown on next page)

Card Reader(Must be selected in conjunction with aT-series DPT option on the next page)R7 = 2 track, Magnetic Stripe Dual Head

Graphic Printer(Must be selected in conjunction with a G-seriesINSIGHT™ DPT option on the next page)H1 = Printer with Keypad & DebitH2 = Printer with Keypad, without DebitH3 = Printer without Keypad & Debit

R = RemoteREB = Remote, 1 blended product, multiple hose outletsREBTR = Remote, 1 blended product, transverseRB3 = Remote, 3 blendeded products, single hose outletRB3TR = Remote, 3 blended products, transverse rightRB3TL = Remote, 3 blended products, transverse leftRB4 = Remote, 4 blended products, single hose outletRB4TR = Remote, 4 blended products, transverse rightRB4TL = Remote, 4 blended products, transverse leftRB5 = Remote, 5 blended products, single hose outletRTR = Remote, transverseS = SuctionSB3 = Suction w/ three blend prod/single hose outletSB3+1 = Suction B3 plus oneSB5 = Suction w/ five blend prod/single hose outletSEB = Suction w/ one blend prod/multiple hose outletsZ = Glider

Vapor RecoveryIV = Ready for future Vapor Recovery UpgradeV = Vapor RecoveryPM = Partial Vapor (MaxVac w/One Product IV)MV = MaxVac Vapor RecoveryNo Designation = Non Vapor

Preset PricingP1 = Preset

Cash/Credit PricingK1 = Dual PricingK2 = Single Pricing

Cash Acceptor(Must be selected in conjunction witha T-series DPT option on the next page)C2 = With lockable cassette

Page 24: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim C

orporation P

remier B

& C

Series D

ispensers Technical Reference M

anual1-12

Form

4817A V

ersion 2.0 August 1999 R

ev. 05/05/00

Introduction

P R E M I E R C M O D E L D I S P E N S E R STOKHEIM MODEL NUMBER NOTATION

X X X X C X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X Dispenser Configuration Dispenser Features Dispenser Options (shown on Page 1-6)

Dispenser Payment Terminal(Includes Printer)T2 = Card Reader ONLYT3 = Cash Acceptor & Card ReaderT4 = DEBIT Card Reader ONLY (TDS Plus)T5 = Cash Acceptor & DEBIT Card Reader (TDS Plus)T7 = Card Reader ONLY (Gasboy)T8 = Cash Acceptor & Card Reader (Gasboy)T9 = Card Reader ONLY (Hebrew display)T10 = Debit Card Reader (TDS)

INSIGHT™ Dispenser Payment Terminal

G9 = Card Reader Only - Dual HeadG10 = Card Reader - Dual Head, Cash Acceptor, Locking

Cassette

Page 25: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Prem

ier B &

C S

eries Dispensers Technical R

eference Manual

Tokheim C

orporationF

orm 4817A

Version 2.0 A

ugust 1999 Rev. 05/05/00

1-13

Introduction

Door, Upper1A = Painted1B = Stainless Steel

Door, Lower2A = Painted2B = Stainless Steel

Filters3J = Spin-On3K = Strainer Screen

Product Identification Panels4A = Single Piece Insert4B = Multi-Piece Insert

Raceway Width5A = 17", Bottom Access

P R E M I E R C M O D E L D I S P E N S E R STOKHEIM MODEL NUMBER NOTATION

Dispenser Options

X X X X X X X X X X X X X Battery15A = Lead Acid

Post Cover14A = Painted (In/Out)14B = Stainless (In/Out)14C = Painted Black14D = Painted (In), Stainless (Out)14E = Stainless (In), Painted (Out)

Motor11A = 120VAC, 1 phase.11B = 240VAC, 1 Phase11C = 240VAC, 3 Phase11D = 380VAC, 3 Phase

Speaker10A = Without Speaker10B = With Speaker

Operating Voltage9A = 120V, 60Hz9B = 240V, 50 Hz9C = 240V, 60 Hz

Measurement8A = Gallon8B = Liter

Valance Panels7A = Painted7B = Stainless7E = Without Valance

—— NOTICE ——The U.L. Listing for the dispenserdoes not cover all options. Only thedispensers (which carry the U.L.Listing mark) are covered byUnderwriters Laboratories.

Dispenser Software6S = Universal domestic - QQ6T = International - QR 016U = U.S.A. - QR 026V = Brazil - QR 036W = Thailand - QR 046X = Kuwait - QR 056Y = Philippines - QR 066Z = Israel - QR 076AA = Korea - QR 086AB = Turkey - QR 096AC = Malaysia - QR 106AD = Pakistan - QR 116AE = Singapore - QR 126AF = Hong Kong - QR 13

Page 26: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual1-14 Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00

Introduction

H413B, H426BH413B-EB, H426B-EB

H426B-RTR, H426B-REBTR

H411B, H422B , H711B,H422B-B3 & B5

SIDE “A”

SIDE “A”

BLENDED HOSEFOR “-EB”

BLENDED HOSEFOR “-EB”

H414B, H428B,H414B-EB, H428B-EB,

H428B-RTR, H428B-REBTR

45" CabinetH411B = 1 side, 1 hose, 3 productsH422B = 2 sides, 2 hoses, 3 productsH422B-B3 & B5 = 2 sides, 2 hoses,

3 & 5 productsH711B = 1 side, 1 hose, 1 product

45" CabinetH413B = 1 side, 3 hoses, 3 productsH426B = 2 sides, 6 hoses, 3 productsH413B-EB = 1 side, 3 hoses, 3 productsH426B-EB = 2 sides, 6 hoses, 3 productsH426B-RTR= 2 sides, 6 hoses, 3 productsH426B-REBTR=2 sides, 6 hoses, 3

products (1 blended)

45" CabinetH414B= 1 side, 4 hoses, 4 productsH428B = 2 sides, 8 hoses, 4 productsH414B-EB = 1 side, 4 hoses, 4 productsH428B-EB = 2 sides, 8 hoses, 4 productsH428B-RTR = 2 sides, 8 hoses,

4 productsH428B-REBTR = 2 sides, 8 hoses, 4

products (1 blended)

SIDE “B”

SIDE “B”

SIDE “B”

SIDE “A”

SIDE “B”

SIDE “A”

H422B-B3/B5,H422B

H411B,H711B

Premier B Dispenser IdentificationModel H426B =

Premier B Dispenser

6 hoses (3 on each side)

2 Sides used

45" Cabinet

Model Type

Model number notation information islocated on pages 1-8 through 1-10.Operational Diagrams arelocated on pages 1-19 through 1-25.

Page 27: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 1-15

Introduction

SIDE “A”

SIDE “A”

H311B, H322B, H322B-B3 & B5,H322B-R1PBA, & H322B-R2PBA

30" CabinetH322B-B3/B5 = 2 sides, 2 hoses (1 each

side) & 3/5 products respectivelyH322B-R1PBA= 2 sides, 2 hoses, 1 prod.H322B-R2PBA= 2 sides, 2 hoses, 2 prod.H311B = 1 side, 1 hose, 1 productH322B = 2 sides, 2 hoses, 1 product

45" CabinetH412B = 1 side, 2 hoses, 4 prod(3+1 non-blend)H412B-B3(3+1)= 1 side, 2 hoses, 4 productsH412B-B4(4+1)= 1 side, 2 hoses, 5 productsH424B = 2 sides, 4 hoses, 4 prod (3+1 non-blend)H424B-B4(4+1)= 2 sides, 4 hoses, 5 productsH424B-B3(3+1) = 2 sides, 4 hoses, 4 productsH424B-B4(4+1) = 2 sides, 4 hoses, 5 products

30" CabinetH324B = 2 sides, 4 hoses

(2 each side),2 products

SIDE “B”

SIDE “B”

H324B

SIDE “A”

SIDE “B”

SIDE “A”

SIDE “B”

H311B orH311B-B3/B5

H322B orH322B-R1PBA

H322B-B3/5 or H322B-R2PBA

SIDE “A”

SIDE “B”

H412B, H424B, H412B-B3(3+1),H412B- B3(3+1), H424B-B3, H412B-B4(4+1),

H424B-B4

Premier B Dispenser Identification (continued)Model H324B =

Premier B Dispenser

4 hoses (2 on each side)

2 Sides used

30" Cabinet

Model Type

Model number notation information islocated on pages 1-8 through 1-10.Operational Diagrams arelocated on pages 1-19 through 1-25.

Page 28: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual1-16 Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00

Introduction

H413C-R, H426C-R (-S),H426C-REB,

H426C-RTR, H426C-REBTR

H422C-R,H422C-RB3/RB5

H428C-RH428C-REB, H428C-SEB

BL

EN

DE

DH

OSE

FO

R“

-RE

B”

BL

EN

DE

DH

OSE

FO

R“

-RE

B”

or

“-S

EB

45" CabinetH422C-R =2 sides, 2 hoses, 3 productsH422C-RB3/RB5 = 2 sides, 2 hoses, 3 or 5 blended products

SIDE “A”SIDE “A”

SIDE “B”SIDE “B”

Premier C Dispenser Identification

SIDE “A”

SIDE “B”

45" CabinetH428C-R = 2 sides, 8 hoses, 4 productsH428C-REB = 2 sides, 8 hoses, 4 products (1 blended)H428C-SEB = 2 sides, 8 hoses, 4 products (1 blended)

45" CabinetH413C-R = 1 side, 3 hoses, 3 productsH426C-R (-S) = 2 sides, 6 hoses, 3 productsH426C-REB = 2 sides, 6 hoses,

3 products (1 blended)H426C-RTR = 2 sides, 6 hoses, 3 products,

transverseH426C-REBTR = 2 sides, 6 hoses, 3 products (1 blended), transverse

Model H426C =

Premier C Dispenser

6 hoses (3 on each side)

2 sides used

45" cabinet

Model Type

Model number notation information islocated on pages 1-11 through 1-13.Operational Diagrams arelocated on pages 1-19 through 1-25.

Page 29: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 1-17

Introduction

BLE

ND

ED

HO

SE

FO

R“R

B3/

4TL”

NO

N-B

LEN

DH

OS

E F

OR

“RB

3/4T

L”

SIDE “B”

SIDE “A”

H424C-RTL, H424C-RB3/4TL

45" CabinetH424C-RTL = 2 sides, 4 hoses, 4 products,(3 manifolded products, +1 non-manifolded product)

H424C-RB3/4TL = 2 sides, 4 hoses, 4 or 5 products(3 or 4 blended products, +1 non-blended product)

TL = Non-manifolded or Non-blended product/hoselocated on left.

Premier C Dispenser Identification (continued)

BLE

ND

ED

HO

SE

FO

R“R

B3/

4TR

NO

N B

LEN

DH

OS

E F

OR

“RB

3/4T

R”

OR

SIDE “B”

SIDE “A”

H424C-RTR, H424C-RB3/4TR

Model H424C =

Premier C Dispenser

4 hoses (2 on each side)

2 sides used

45" cabinet

Model Type

45" CabinetH424C-RTR = 2 sides, 4 hoses, 4 products,(3 manifolded products, +1 non-manifolded product)

H424C-RB3/4TR = 2 sides, 4 hoses, 4 or 5 products(3 or 4 blended products, +1 non-blended product)

TR = Non-manifolded orNon-blended product/hoselocated on right.

BLE

ND

ED

HO

SE

FO

R“R

B3/

4TL”

BLE

ND

ED

HO

SE

FO

R“R

B3/

4TR

Model number notation information islocated on pages 1-11 through 1-13.Operational Diagrams arelocated on pages 1-19 through 1-25.

NO

N-M

AN

IFO

LED

HO

SE

FO

R“H

424C

-RT

L”O

R

NO

N-M

AN

IFO

LED

HO

SE

FO

R“H

424C

-RT

R”

OR

Page 30: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual1-18 Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00

Introduction

Premier C Dispenser Identification (continued)Model H324C =

Premier C Dispenser

4 hoses (2 on each side)

2 sides used

30" cabinet

Model Type

Model number notation information islocated on pages 1-11 through 1-13.Operational Diagrams arelocated on pages 1-19 through 1-25.

BL

EN

DE

DH

OSE

FO

R“R

B3(

3+1)

NO

N B

LE

ND

HO

SE F

OR

“R

B3(

3+1)

SIDE “B”

SIDE “A”

H322C-R H322C-RB3/RB5

SIDE “B”

SIDE “A”

SIDE “B”

SIDE “A”

SIDE “B”

SIDE “A”

H424C-R, H424C-RB3+1, H424C-SB3+1

45" CabinetH424C-R = 2 sides, 4 hoses, 4 products, (3 gas, 1 diesel)H424C-RB3+1 = 2 sides, 4 hoses,

4 productsH424C-SB3+1 = 2 sides, 4 hoses,

4 products

H322C-R, H322C-S,H322C-RB3/RB5, H322C-SB3/SB5

30" CabinetH324C-R = 2 sides, 4 hoses,

2 productsH324C-S = 2 sides, 4 hoses,

2 products

30" CabinetH322C-R = 2 sides, 2 hoses, 1 productH322C-S = 2 sides, 2 hoses, 1 productH322C-RB3/RB5 = 2 sides, 2 hoses, & 3/5 products respectivelyH322C-SB3/SB5 = 2 sides, 2 hoses, & 3/5 products respectively

H324C-R, H324C-S

Page 31: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 1-19

Introduction

Operational Diagrams (Premier B & C)

Premier C 1 or 2 Hose Manifolded Dispenser (H424C-R)

Premier C Multi-hose (per side) Dispenser (H428C-R)

= Optional

DISPENSER SIDE B

DISPENSER SIDE A

METERPOSITION 1

PRODUCT #1

METERPOSITION 2

PRODUCT #2

METERPOSITION 3

PRODUCT #3

MANIFOLD

MANIFOLD

METERPOSITION 4

PRODUCT #4

HOSEVALVE 4

HOSEVALVE 4

(HOSE 1)HANDLE 1

(HOSE 2)HANDLE 4

HANDLE 1(HOSE 1)

HANDLE 4(HOSE 2)

HOSEVALVE 1

HOSEVALVE 1

HOSEVALVE 2

HOSEVALVE 2

HOSEVALVE 3

HOSEVALVE 3

METERPOSITION 1

METERPOSITION 2

METERPOSITION 3

METERPOSITION 4

PRODUCT # ---------------------------------------------- 1,2,3 ------------------------------------------------ 4

PRODUCT # (F28) -------------------------------------- 1,2,3 ------------------------------------------------ 4

METERPOSITION 1

PRODUCT #1

HOSEVALVE 1

HOSEVALVE 1

METERPOSITION 2

PRODUCT #2

HOSEVALVE 2

HOSEVALVE 2

METERPOSITION 3

PRODUCT #3

HOSEVALVE 3

HOSEVALVE 3

DISPENSER SIDE B

DISPENSER SIDE A

METERPOSITION 4

PRODUCT #4

HOSEVALVE 4

HOSEVALVE 4

(HOSE 2)HANDLE 2

(HOSE 3)HANDLE 3

(HOSE 1)HANDLE 1

(HOSE 4)HANDLE 4

HANDLE 2(HOSE 2)

HANDLE 3(HOSE 3)

HANDLE 1(HOSE 1)

HANDLE 4(HOSE 4)

METERPOSITION 1

METERPOSITION 2

METERPOSITION 3

METERPOSITION 4

PRODUCT # -------------------- 1 ----------------------- 2 ------------------------ 3 ------------------------ 4

PRODUCT # (F28) ------------ 1 ----------------------- 2 ------------------------ 3 ------------------------ 4

Page 32: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual1-20 Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00

Introduction

Premier Electronic Variable Blend Dispenser(H424C-RB3, B4, or B5)

Premier C Electronic Blend Dispenser (H426C-REB)

PRODUCT #1

METERPOSITION 1

METERPOSITION 3

+1 PRODUCT

METERPOSITION 4

BLENDINGVALVE 1

BLENDINGVALVE 2

HOSEVALVE 4

BLENDINGVALVE 2

BLENDINGVALVE 1

HOSEVALVE 4

DISPENSER SIDE B

DISPENSER SIDE A

= Optional

(HOSE 1)HANDLE 1

(HOSE 2)HANDLE 4

HANDLE 1(HOSE 1)

HANDLE 4(HOSE 2)

PRODUCT # 2

METERPOSITION 1

METERPOSITION 3

METERPOSITION 4

PRODUCT # ------------------------------------------- 1,2,3,4 ------------------------------------------------ 5

PRODUCT # (F28) ----------------------------------- 1,2,3,4 ------------------------------------------------ 5

DISPENSER SIDE B

DISPENSER SIDE A

= Optional

PRODUCT #1

METERPOSITION 1

METERPOSITION 3

METERPOSITION 1

METERPOSITION 3

METERPOSITION 4

+1 PRODUCT

METERPOSITION 4

BLENDINGVALVE 1

BLENDINGVALVE 2

HOSEVALVE 3

HOSEVALVE 4

HOSEVALVE 1

BLENDINGVALVE 2

BLENDINGVALVE 1

HOSEVALVE 1

HOSEVALVE 3

HOSEVALVE 4

(HOSE 2)HANDLE 2

(HOSE 3)HANDLE 3

HANDLE 1(HOSE 1)

HANDLE 2(HOSE 2)

HANDLE 3(HOSE 3)

(HOSE 1)HANDLE 1

(HOSE 4)HANDLE 4

HANDLE 4(HOSE 4)

PRODUCT #2

PRODUCT # -------------------- 1 ----------------------- 2 ------------------------ 3 ------------------------ 4

PRODUCT # (F28) ------------ 1 ----------------------- 2 ------------------------ 3 ------------------------ 4

Operational Diagrams (Premier B & C)

Page 33: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 2.0 May 2000 1-21

Introduction

Transverse Dispenser Configurations (Premier C)

Product Locations

Transverse dispenser models have their products arranged in a transverse(reverse) order from side A to side B. The last two letters of the modelnumber identifies a transverse left (TL) or a transverse right (TR) dispenser.Refer to the operational diagrams on the following pages for productlocations on Tokheim transverse dispenser models.

Totalizer Locations

The totalizer locations on transverse dispenser models H424C-RB3TL(TR)or H424C-RB4TL(TR) do not correspond with the locations of the productson the dials and panels of the dispenser. See the illustration below to matchthe totalizers with the products they are metering.

NON-BLEND PRODUCT(DIESEL)

T2 = Meter Product #2 Totalizer

T4

T1

= Meter Product #4 Totalizer(non-blend product, usually Diesel)

= Meter Product #1 Totalizer

PRODUCTS #1-3 (RB3TL)PRODUCTS #1-4 (RB4TL)

NON-BLEND PRODUCT(DIESEL)

T1 T2

T1 T2 T4

Totalizers

SIDE A

TOPVIEW

T4

PRODUCTS #1-3 (RB3TL)PRODUCTS #1-4 (RB4TL)

TL = Transverse LeftTR = Transverse Right

Page 34: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual1-22 Form 4817A Version 2.0 May 2000

Introduction

Operational Diagrams (Premier C Transverse)

Premier C Manifolded, Transverse Dispenser (H424C-RTR)

Premier C Manifolded, Transverse Dispenser (H424C-RTL)

PRODUCT # (F28) --------------------------------------- 4 ---------------------------------------------- 1,2,3

PRODUCT # ------------------------------------------ 1,2,3 --------------------------------------------------- 4

DISPENSER SIDE B

DISPENSER SIDE A

METERPOSITION 1

PRODUCT #1

METERPOSITION 2

PRODUCT #2

METERPOSITION 3

PRODUCT #3

MANIFOLD

MANIFOLD

METERPOSITION 4

PRODUCT #4

HOSEVALVE 4

HOSEVALVE 4

(HOSE 1)HANDLE 4

(HOSE 2)HANDLE 1

HANDLE 4(HOSE 1)

HANDLE 1(HOSE 2)

HOSEVALVE 1

HOSEVALVE 1

HOSEVALVE 2

HOSEVALVE 2

HOSEVALVE 3

HOSEVALVE 3

METERPOSITION 1

METERPOSITION 2

METERPOSITION 3

METERPOSITION 4

TL = Transverse LeftTR = Transverse RightRefers to the positionof the non-manifoldedproduct on thesemodels.

PRODUCT # (F28) ---------------------------------- 1,2,3 --------------------------------------------------- 4

PRODUCT # ----------------------------------------------- 4 ---------------------------------------------- 1,2,3

DISPENSER SIDE B

DISPENSER SIDE A

METERPOSITION 1

PRODUCT #1

METERPOSITION 2

PRODUCT #2

METERPOSITION 3

PRODUCT #3

MANIFOLD

MANIFOLD

METERPOSITION 4

PRODUCT #4

HOSEVALVE 4

HOSEVALVE 4

(HOSE 1)HANDLE 4

(HOSE 2)HANDLE 1

HANDLE 1(HOSE 1)

HANDLE 4(HOSE 2)

HOSEVALVE 1

HOSEVALVE 1

HOSEVALVE 2

HOSEVALVE 2

HOSEVALVE 3

HOSEVALVE 3

METERPOSITION 1

METERPOSITION 2

METERPOSITION 3

METERPOSITION 4

Page 35: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 2.0 May 2000 1-23

Introduction

Operational Diagrams (Premier C Transverse)

Premier Electronic Variable Blend, Transverse Dispenser “4+1”(H424C-RB4TR)

Premier Electronic Variable Blend, Transverse Dispenser “4+1”(H424C-RB4TL)

(HOSE 2)HANDLE 4

HANDLE 1(HOSE 1)

PRODUCT # (F28) ------------------------------------- 1,2,3,4 ----------------------------------------------- 5

PRODUCT # ----------------------------------------------- 5 ----------------------------------------------- 1,2,3,4

BLEND RATIO (F26) ------------------------------------- % ------------------------------------------------ NON

(HOSE 1)HANDLE 1

HANDLE 4(HOSE 2)

PRODUCT #1

METERPOSITION 1

METERPOSITION 3

+1 PRODUCT

METERPOSITION 4

BLENDINGVALVE 1

BLENDINGVALVE 2

HOSEVALVE 4

BLENDINGVALVE 2

BLENDINGVALVE 1

HOSEVALVE 4

DISPENSER SIDE B

DISPENSER SIDE A

PRODUCT # 2

METERPOSITION 1

METERPOSITION 3

METERPOSITION 4

TL = Transverse LeftTR = Transverse RightRefers to the positionof the non-blendedproduct on thesemodels.

(HOSE 2)HANDLE 1

HANDLE 4(HOSE 1)

PRODUCT # (F28) ---------------------------------------- 5 ----------------------------------------------- 1,2,3,4

PRODUCT # -------------------------------------------- 1,2,3,4 ------------------------------------------------ 5

BLEND RATIO (F26) ----------------------------------- NON ------------------------------------------------ %

(HOSE 1)HANDLE 4

HANDLE 1(HOSE 2)

PRODUCT #1

METERPOSITION 1

METERPOSITION 3

+1 PRODUCT

METERPOSITION 4

BLENDINGVALVE 1

BLENDINGVALVE 2

HOSEVALVE 4

BLENDINGVALVE 2

BLENDINGVALVE 1

HOSEVALVE 4

DISPENSER SIDE B

DISPENSER SIDE A

PRODUCT # 2

METERPOSITION 1

METERPOSITION 3

METERPOSITION 4

Page 36: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual1-24 Form 4817A Version 2.0 May 2000

Introduction

Operational Diagrams (Premier C Transverse)

Premier C Multi-hose, Transverse Dispenser (H426C-RTR)

Premier C Multi-hose, Transverse Dispenser (H426C-RTL)

(HOSE 2)HANDLE 2

(HOSE 1)HANDLE 3

PRODUCT ---------------------- 1 ----------------------- 2 ------------------------ 3(HOSE 3)HANDLE 1

HANDLE 1(HOSE 1)

HANDLE 2(HOSE 2)

HANDLE 3(HOSE 3)

PRODUCT # (F28) ------------ 3 ----------------------- 2 ------------------------ 1

METERPOSITION 1

PRODUCT #1

HOSEVALVE 1

HOSEVALVE 1

METERPOSITION 2

PRODUCT #2

HOSEVALVE 2

HOSEVALVE 2

METERPOSITION 3

PRODUCT #3

HOSEVALVE 3

HOSEVALVE 3

DISPENSER SIDE B

DISPENSER SIDE AMETER

POSITION 1METER

POSITION 2METER

POSITION 3

(HOSE 2)HANDLE 2

(HOSE 1)HANDLE 3

PRODUCT ---------------------- 3 ----------------------- 2 ------------------------ 1(HOSE 3)HANDLE 1

HANDLE 1(HOSE 1)

HANDLE 2(HOSE 2)

HANDLE 3(HOSE 3)

PRODUCT # (F28) ------------ 1 ----------------------- 2 ------------------------ 3

METERPOSITION 1

PRODUCT #1

HOSEVALVE 1

HOSEVALVE 1

METERPOSITION 2

PRODUCT #2

HOSEVALVE 2

HOSEVALVE 2

METERPOSITION 3

PRODUCT #3

HOSEVALVE 3

HOSEVALVE 3

DISPENSER SIDE B

DISPENSER SIDE AMETER

POSITION 1METER

POSITION 2METER

POSITION 3

TL = Transverse LeftTR = Transverse Right

Page 37: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 2.0 May 2000 1-25

Introduction

Operational Diagrams (Premier C Transverse)

Premier C Electronic Blend, Transverse Dispenser(H426C-REBTR)

Premier C Electronic Blend, Transverse Dispenser(H426C-REBTL)

PRODUCT # (F28) ------------ 3 ----------------------- 2 ------------------------ 1

PRODUCT ---------------------- 1 ----------------------- 2 ------------------------ 3

BLEND RATIO (F26) ------ NON ---------------------- 50 ------------------- NON

PRODUCT #1

METERPOSITION 1

METERPOSITION 3

METERPOSITION 1

METERPOSITION 3

BLENDINGVALVE 1

BLENDINGVALVE 2

HOSEVALVE 3

HOSEVALVE 1

BLENDINGVALVE 2

BLENDINGVALVE 1

HOSEVALVE 1

HOSEVALVE 3

DISPENSER SIDE B

DISPENSER SIDE A

(HOSE 2)HANDLE 2

(HOSE 1)HANDLE 3

HANDLE 1(HOSE 1)

HANDLE 2(HOSE 2)

HANDLE 3(HOSE 3)

(HOSE 3)HANDLE 1

PRODUCT #2

TL = Transverse LeftTR = Transverse Right

PRODUCT # (F28) ------------ 1 ----------------------- 2 ------------------------ 3

PRODUCT ---------------------- 3 ----------------------- 2 ------------------------ 1

BLEND RATIO (F26) ------ NON ---------------------- 50 ------------------- NON

PRODUCT #1

METERPOSITION 1

METERPOSITION 3

METERPOSITION 1

METERPOSITION 3

BLENDINGVALVE 1

BLENDINGVALVE 2

HOSEVALVE 3

HOSEVALVE 1

BLENDINGVALVE 2

BLENDINGVALVE 1

HOSEVALVE 1

HOSEVALVE 3

DISPENSER SIDE B

DISPENSER SIDE A

(HOSE 2)HANDLE 2

(HOSE 1)HANDLE 3

HANDLE 1(HOSE 1)

HANDLE 2(HOSE 2)

HANDLE 3(HOSE 3)

(HOSE 3)HANDLE 1

PRODUCT #2

Page 38: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual1-26 Form 4817A Version 2.0 May 2000

Introduction

Electronic Blend Valve Operation (Premier B & C)

INLETSOLENOID

BLENDREGULATOR

VALVE

Varying productpressure here. . .

. . .opens/closesregulating valve here

Each blended product per dispenser side requires a Blend Controller Valveassembly, which consists of four solenoids and two blend regulator valves.The blended product is produced by cycling the four solenoids, which thencontrol the positions of the two diaphragm-operated blend regulator valves.

From each pure grade product per dispenser side, there are two solenoids andone blend regulator valve.

The inlet solenoid is normally closed (N.C.).The outlet solenoid is normally open (N.O.).

The position of the blend regulator valve is determined by the two solenoidscycling to increase or decrease the amount of pressurized product actingagainst the regulating valve's actuating diaphragm.

OUTLETSOLENOID

SOLENOIDS SOLENOIDS

BLENDREGULATORVALVE

BLENDREGULATORVALVE

Page 39: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 2.0 May 2000 1-27

Introduction

Electronic Blend Valve Operational Sequence

1. When a blended product is selected and dispensing begins, the two inlet(N.C.) solenoids are activated (opened). Slow flow begins at a rate ofone gallon per minute per solenoid (2 gallons per minute total). Afterseven pulses are received, full flow begins and blend regulation begins.

2. The Blend Controller board monitors the two pure grade sets of pulsesreceived from the pulsers and communicates with the ExpandedComputer board. The Blend Controller board keeps a count of the pulsesfrom each product pulser in an accumulative pulse counter. The BlendController board looks at the accumulative pulse counter every 40milliseconds until 100 total pulses are received.If 100 pulses are not received in a 40 millisecond time span, no ratiocalculation is performed, and the pulse counter is checked after the next40 milliseconds.

3. The Blend Controller board tells the Expanded Computer board howmany pulses came from each pulser. Once 100 total pulses are receivedand the blend ratio is not programmed for 100% of product 1 or product2, the Blend Controller board checks to see:• if in the 100 pulses, at least one pulse was received from

each of the 2 pulsers (this is referred to as 100 valid pulses),then the blend ratio is checked and the counter is reset.

• if all 100 pulses were received from one pulser (this isreferred to as 100 invalid pulses), the sale is stopped and anerror is displayed.

If the blend ratio is programmed for 100% of either product, the BlendController board checks to see:• if 100 pulses were received from two pulsers (this is referred

to as 100 invalid pulses), the sale is stopped and an error isdisplayed.

4. If the calculated blend ratio does not match the programmed blend ratio,the Expanded Computer board determines a solenoid control adjustmentto maintain an accuracy of 1/2% of the programmed blend ratio:• for the first 1/2 gallon of flow, the blend ratio checking is

performed, but no errors are displayed if they occur• by the end of the first 1/2 gallon of flow, a 20% blend ratio

accuracy must be obtained or flow is stopped• from 1/2 gallon to 2 gallons, the system's accuracy must

remain within 20% of its blend ratio or blend errors aredisplayed and product flow is stopped

• after 2 gallons the blend ratio error checking requires 3% orbetter blend accuracy or errors are displayed and productflow is stopped

Electronic Blend Valve Operational Sequence continued on next page...

Page 40: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual1-28 Form 4817A Version 2.0 May 2000

Introduction

Electronic Blend Valve Operational Sequence(continued)

5. To keep the blend accuracy within the required tolerances, the solenoidsare cycled by varying the duration and frequency rate of the +24 VDCsolenoid control pulses. In a 60:40 blend, the 60% product is designatedas the primary product (i.e. the larger of the two products).

6. The inlet solenoid of the primary product stays open all the time whilethe secondary product valve's solenoid provides the mixing.If line pressure differentials occur, such as submerged pump pressurevariations or restricted filters, and the system is unable to bring theblend ratio to within the required tolerances by varying the duration andfrequency of the solenoids, the blending process is reversed. The inletsolenoid of the secondary product stays open all the time and theprimary product valve's solenoid provides the mixing.

7. If 3% blend accuracy is not achieved after 2 gallons, or the blend ratioexceeds the 3% accuracy tolerance anytime during the sale, the systemallows an additional .50 gallons (500 pulses) to be dispensed to bring theaccuracy to within 3%. During this time the solenoid positions are variedto bring the blend ratio back into the 3% acceptable tolerance.

8. If the calculation determines that the ratio has been brought back intotolerance:• the error counter is reset• the corrected solenoid valve(s) positions are maintained• the pulse counter is reset and another 40 millisecond count

sequence begins

9. If the blend ratio is not brought back within tolerance, a blend error isdisplayed and product flow stops.

Although the system does not display an error unless the blend ratio goesoutside of the 3% range, the system works to maintain accuracy of 1/2 %. Ifthe calculation determines that the blend ratio error is greater than 1/2 %, thesolenoid valve(s) are adjusted. The solenoid valves involved are determinedby the primary and secondary product ratio and the direction that the blendratio is out of tolerance. The amount of valve adjustment depends on how farthe blend ratio accuracy is out of tolerance.

The Blender ValvePower SupplyAssemblyprovides +24 vdcto the Blend ValveInterface Board tooperate the blendcontrol solenoids.

Page 41: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 2.0 May 2000 1-29

Introduction

System Overview

The TED (TokheimEncryption Device) box isonly used when yourdispenser includes standardDPT with TDS controllerboards. See Section 7 formore information on theTED box.

SITE CONTROLLER

PREMIER DISPENSER

MODEL 69 DPTINTERFACE

BOX

MODEL 67DISPENSERINTERFACE

BOX

DPT ELECTRONICS

TEDBOX(SEE NOTE)

DHCOR

VXDHC

Page 42: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual1-30 Form 4817A Version 2.0 May 2000

Introduction

Page 43: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 2-1

Accessing Electrical Components

Section 2 ContentsDispenser Orientation (Premier B & C) .......................................... 2-2

Premier B Components

Electronics Enclosure Components ............................................... 2-4

Accessing the Card Cage .............................................................. 2-6

Accessing the Card Cage Circuit Boards ....................................... 2-8

Accessing the DPT Controller Boards ........................................... 2-9

Accessing MaxVac Vapor Recovery Components ....................... 2-10

Accessing the Connection Box ..................................................... 2-11

Premier C Components

Electronics Enclosure Components

Premier C with Standard DPT and Cash Acceptor Options ... 2-12

Premier C with INSIGHT DTP & TDS Options ...................... 2-14

Accessing Hardware on Premier C .............................................. 2-16

Accessing the Card Cage ............................................................ 2-17

Accessing the Card Cage Circuit Boards ..................................... 2-17

Accessing the DPT Controller Boards ......................................... 2-18

Accessing MaxVac Vapor Recovery Components ....................... 2-19

Accessing the Connection Box .................................................... 2-20

Scope

This section includes information for identifying side A, disconnectingpower to the dispenser, and gaining access to electrical components.

Section 2: Accessing Electrical Components

DANGERs!Gasoline and petroleum productsare flammable.The hazard or unsafe practice mayresult in death or severe injury topersons or damage to equipmentor property.Follow ALL safety precautions asoutlined in the Safety Informationsection at the front of this manual.

WARNINGAll installations mustconform to NFPA(National FireProtection Agency)30, 30A, 70 andapplicable National,State, and Local coderequirements.Otherwise, severeinjury or death couldresult.

!

Page 44: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual2-2 Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999

Accessing Electrical Components

Determining Side A on the Dispenser1. Look at the base of the dispenser.2. The side with the model/serial number plate is Side A of the

dispenser.

Dispenser Orientation (Premier B & C)

Never use the locationof a specific producton the dispenser todetermine Side A. Usethe serial plate as thereference.

Model/Serialplate location

SIDE A

Page 45: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 2-3

Accessing Electrical Components

Determining Product Number Assignments (Premier B & C)

Examples of product number orientation on selected models are shownbelow. Side B product (assignment) numbers for a model H422 can beprogrammed in ascending or descending order. The assigned numbers areused by the console to identify the hose or product. For more information,reference manager Mode F28 in section 4.

In this example, side Bproduct assignments areprogrammed to mirrorside A product assignments.

In this example, side Bproduct assignments areprogrammed to match sideA's product assignments(transverse).

Dispenser Orientation (continued)

TYPICAL H413, H426

PRODUCT NUMBERS - SIDE BP1 P2 P3

P1 P2 P3

PRODUCT NUMBERS - SIDE A

TYPICAL H411, H422

PRODUCT NUMBERS - SIDE BP3 P2 P1

P1 P2 P3

PRODUCT NUMBERS - SIDE A

Page 46: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual2-4 Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999

Accessing Electrical Components

KeypadsOperator Interface (optional on the 411/422)

• used for data entry, starting and stopping the dispenser, andmanager mode programming.

• will contain MOP (Method Of Payment) selection keys ifdual-MOPs are utilized.

• may contain keys to operate a DPT if one is installed.• will require programming (via Mode 29) at initial power up

Product Selection (provided on single-hose Premier dispensers anddispensers with Debit DPT, if applicable)

• this keypad is used for product selection, entering managermode if Debit DPT is present, and programmed as a Startkey if a Debit DPT is present.

CASH PRICE PER UNIT VOLUME DISPLAYCREDIT PRICE PER UNIT VOLUME DISPLAY**ACCESS PANEL TO CASH ACCEPTOR CASSETTEDPT PRINTER PANELRECEIPT SLOT**CASH ACCEPTOR**CARD READER**

mm

mm

9

8

11

10

m12

m13

m14

OPERATOR INTERFACE KEYPADCUSTOMER PROMPTS DISPLAY AREA*MONEY DISPLAYVOLUME DISPLAYMAGNETIC KEYSWITCH AREAPRODUCT SELECTION KEYPAD AREA

DPT DISPLAY **

mmm

m5m

mm76

3

2

1

4

*DISPLAYED ON NON-DPT ONLY **THESE ITEMS ARE OPTIONAL

Electronics Enclosure Components (Premier B)

Premier B with standard DPT and Cash Acceptor Options

m mmmm

m

m

m

mm

mm

1m8

m12 13 14

6

9

10

3

4

257

11

mm8

9 mm8

9

Page 47: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 2-5

Accessing Electrical Components

m1

m4 m3m5

m2 m2

6 5 4 3 21

12 11 10 9 8

18 17 16 15 1413

24 23 22 21 20

m7

m6

PRINTER (STANDARD OR GRAPHIC*)REMOTE KEYPAD (TDS, TDS PLUS, AND FLEET ONLY)*DEBIT DISPLAY (TDS PLUS ONLY)*

mm

m6

5

7

GRAPHIC DISPLAY*SOFTKEYS KEYPAD*CARDREADER*CASH ACCEPTOR*

mmmm3

2

1

4

*THESE ITEMS ARE OPTIONAL

Premier B with INSIGHT™ DPT & TDS Options

Electronics Enclosure Components (Premier B)

Page 48: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual2-6 Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999

Accessing Electrical Components

Accessing the Card Cage on Premier B( H300B Series only)

From side A: (Refer to illustration on next page)1. Unlock and remove the applicable dial on your dispenser. Follow the

instructions below.Printer - Unlock Printer. Tilt top of Printer toward you and disconnectprinter harness. Lift Printer Assembly up and out. Place in a safelocation. Go to step 2.2.Keypad Dial Assembly - Unlock Keypad Dial Assembly. Tilt towardyou and disconnect the keypad harness. Lift Dial up and out. Place in asafe location. Go to step 2.3.Blank Dial Assembly - Unlock Blank Dial Assembly. Remove anddiscard blank dial. A new Keypad Dial Assembly will be installed in itsplace in a later step. Go to step 2.3

2. At the upper right corner of the printer opening, pull the slide latch to theleft to release the DPT Dial Assembly (while pushing in on the top of thedial assembly). Tilt the DPT Dial Assembly toward you and let it rest inthe forward hinged position.

3. At the upper right corner of this opening, pull the slide latch to the left torelease the Display Dialface (not shown), while pushing in on theDisplay Dialface.

4. Lift the Display Dialface up and out. If a product selection keypad isinstalled on the dispenser, hold the Display Dialface while disconnectingthe 2 harnesses from the display board at J3 & J7.

5. Carefully place the Display Dialface in a safe location.6. On the display board assembly, rotate the top corner fasteners 1/4 turn

counter-clockwise and gently lower the display.

Accessing the Card Cage on Premier B(All models except H300B Series Dispensers)

From side A: (Refer to illustration on next page)1. Unlock the access panel (rightmost panel) and remove it.2. At the upper left corner of this opening, push the slide left to release the

Display Dialface (not shown), while pushing in on the Display Dialface.3. Pull and raise the Display Dialface. If a product selection keypad exists

on the Display Dialface, hold onto the Dialface while disconnecting theharnesses from the display board at J3 & J7.

4. Set the Display Dialface in a safe location.5. On the display board assembly, rotate the top corner fasteners 1/4 turn

counter-clockwise and gently lower the display.

! WARNINGHazard of electricalshock. Remove ALLelectrical power to thedispenser, lights,electronics, andcommunications. Morethan one disconnectswitch may be requiredto remove power.

Page 49: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 2-7

Accessing Electrical Components

[Printer][ DPT Dial ][ Display Dialface ] [ Access Panel ]

SERIAL PLATE LOCATION(WHEN LOOKING AT SIDE A)

Your dispenser mayhave a Keypad DialAssembly or Blank DialAssembly instead of aDPT Dial and Printer.

KEYPADDIALASSEMBLY

DISPLAY BOARD

J3 J7

BLANKDIALASSEMBLY

Accessing the Card Cage on Premier B (continued)

CARDCAGE

Page 50: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual2-8 Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999

Accessing Electrical Components

Retainer Screws

Power Switch

Control Button

Retainer Bracket

WARNING!Turn off the powerswitch and push theInterface board ControlButton before removingany boards!

DPTPRINTER

DPT CONTROLLERBOARD

OR

CASHACCEPTOR

CASHACCEPTORCASSETTE

PREMIER B DISPENSERELECTRONICS ENCLOSURE

NON-DPT PANEL (USED WHEN NO DPT IS PRESENT)

For access to the DPT Printer, Cash Acceptor and Cassette, see Section 7

For access to the INSIGHT™ DPT and Graphic Printer, see Section 8.

Accessing the Card Cage Circuit Boards (Premier B)To gain access to the circuit boards, remove and save the two screws andretainer bracket shown below. Carefully remove the circuit boards using thenylon card ejectors on the front corners of each board.

DPT PANEL

Accessing Options

!

Page 51: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 2-9

Accessing Electrical Components

SERIAL PLATE LOCATION(side A)

«

¬

Gently pull the DPT dial section outtowards you until the DPT board isaccessible — BE CAREFUL! — Thisassembly will fall out if pulled too far!(10" max.)

Accessing the DPT Controller Boards (Premier B )Standard DPT and INSIGHT DPT Controller Boards

1. The card cage must be accessed first, refer to page 2-6 for instructions.2. Look at the top and bottom of the left side of the card cage opening.

Locate the “slide” fasteners just like the one used to access the card cagearea. Note the following model differences:• 30" Premier has only the top slide fastener• 45" Premier has both top and bottom slide fasteners

3. Referring to the diagram below,« Top slide fastener moves left to disengage Ѭ Bottom slide fastener moves right to disengage ÆGently pull the DPT dial section out towards you until the DPTcontroller board is accessible. BE CAREFUL! This assembly will fallout if pulled too far! (10" maximum)

4. If side B access is desired, repeat all steps for side B.

Page 52: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual2-10 Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999

Accessing Electrical Components

Accessing MaxVac Vapor Recovery SystemComponents (Premier B)

Unlock and Remove the Access Panel on:• Side A to access the MaxVac Motor Control board• Side B to access the MaxVac Power Supply board

MAXVAC POWER SUPPLYBOARD IS ACCESSED FROMSIDE B (MOUNTED TO ASUPPORT BRACKET)

MAXVAC MOTORCONTROL BOARD ISACCESSED FROM SIDE A(MOUNTED TO A SUPPORTBRACKET).

See section 9for detailedinformation onthe MaxVacVapor RecoverySystem.

ACCESSPANEL

SIDE A

Page 53: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 2-11

Accessing Electrical Components

Accessing the Connection Box (Premier B)The connection box is located behind the lower door on Side B of thedispenser (for models 412, 414, 424 & 428, the connection box is on Side A).Side B does NOT have the serial plate attached to it. Unlock the keylock ateach end of the lower door to gain access to the connection box.

KEYLOCKS

! WARNINGHazard of electricalshock. More than onedisconnect switchmay be required tode-energize the device.Open the circuit beforeremoving cover. Keepcover secured whenpower is applied.

WARNINGWhen replacing the connectionbox cover, tighten the cover boltsusing the tightening order shown.An incorrect tightening order mayresult in a flame path violation.

!

TERMINAL BLOCKSIGNALS

CONNECTION BOX

1234567890123456789012345678901212345123456789012345678901234567890121234512345678901234567890123456789012123451234567890123456789012345678901212345123456789012345678901234567890121234512345678901234567890123456789012123451234567890123456789012345678901212345123456789012345678901234567890121234512345678901234567890123456789012123451234567890123456789012345678901212345123456789012345678901234567890121234512345678901234567890123456789012123451234567890123456789012345678901212345123456789012345678901234567890121234512345678901234567890123456789012123451234567890123456789012345678901212345123456789012345678901234567890121234512345678901234567890123456789012123451234567890123456789012345678901212345123456789012345678901234567890121234512345678901234567890123456789012123451234567890123456789012345678901212345123456789012345678901234567890121234512345678901234567890123456789012123451234567890123456789012345678901212345123456789012345678901234567890121234512345678901234567890123456789012123451234567890123456789012345678901212345123456789012345678901234567890121234512345678901234567890123456789012123451234567890123456789012345678901212345123456789012345678901234567890121234512345678901234567890123456789012123451234567890123456789012345678901212345123456789012345678901234567890121234512345678901234567890123456789012123451234567890123456789012345678901212345123456789012345678901234567890121234512345678901234567890123456789012123451234567890123456789012345678901212345123456789012345678901234567890121234512345678901234567890123456789012123451234567890123456789012345678901212345123456789012345678901234567890121234512345678901234567890123456789012123451234567890123456789012345678901212345123456789012345678901234567890121234512345678901234567890123456789012123451234567890123456789012345678901212345123456789012345678901234567890121234512345678901234567890123456789012123451234567890123456789012345678901212345123456789012345678901234567890121234512345678901234567890123456789012123451234567890123456789012345678901212345123456789012345678901234567890121234512345678901234567890123456789012123451234567890123456789012345678901212345123456789012345678901234567890121234512345678901234567890123456789012123451234567890123456789012345678901212345123456789012345678901234567890121234512345678901234567890123456789012123451234567890123456789012345678901212345123456789012345678901234567890121234512345678901234567890123456789012123451234567890123456789012345678901212345123456789012345678901234567890121234512345678901234567890123456789012123451234567890123456789012345678901212345123456789012345678901234567890121234512345678901234567890123456789012123451234567890123456789012345678901212345123456789012345678901234567890121234512345678901234567890123456789012123451234567890123456789012345678901212345123456789012345678901234567890121234512345678901234567890123456789012123451234567890123456789012345678901212345

9

1

10

6

4

3

7

85

2

1 1

16

6

See section 4for informationon intercomspeaker wiring.

1 +485 DPT A COMM

2 +485 DPT B COMM

3 -485 DPT A COMM

4 -485 DPT B COMM

5 DCC DPT A COMM

6 DCC DPT B COMM

TTC 1

TTD 2

DCC 3

NO CONNECTION 4

MOTOR CONTROL 1 5

MOTOR CONTROL 2 6

MOTOR CONTROL 3 7

MOTOR CONTROL 4 8

UDC ACH 9

UDC ACC 10

DISP LIGHTS ACH 11

DISP LIGHTS ACC 12

VALANCE LIGHTS ACH 13

VALANCE LIGHTS ACC 14

SPARE ACH 15

SPARE ACC 16

Page 54: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual2-12 Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999

Accessing Electrical Components

Electronics Enclosure Components (Premier C)

« Primary Access Door

This door provides access to the dual-head cardreader, printer, cash acceptorcassette and intrinsically safe barrier board. The lock requires a TPX-88 key.Open this door first to gain access to the other door(s) on this side of theelectronics enclosure. A release latch for the next door is located on the rightside of the door opening.

À Receipt Slot for DPT Printer*

Á Dual Head Cardreader*

 Money/Volume Display (two 6-digit displays)• In operating mode, they display total sale currency and total

sale in gallons or liters, respectively.• In manager mode, they display programming information.

* These components are optional.

Premier C with Standard DPT and Cash Acceptor Options

ÇÂ

Æ

ÅÄ

À

¿

Á È

Ã

Page 55: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 2-13

Accessing Electrical Components

à Price Per Unit Volume Displays (4-digit displays)• One PPUV display per product and price. Each PPUV

display has an arrowhead that is turned on when that productand price is selected.

• Dual-price dispensers have two PPUV displays per product.• Single-price dispensers have one PPUV display per product

and is located in the top PPUV position. The bottom PPUVis covered.

Ä Product Selection Keypad (1 x 5)

This keypad is provided on single-hose dispensers and dispensers with DebitDPT. This keypad is used for:

• Product selection (no DPT or non-debit DPT installed)• Manager mode programming if Debit DPT is installed• Start key if Debit DPT is installed

Å DPT Display* (Standard, 4-line x 20-character display)

Used with the standard DPT keypad to display customer instructions.

Æ Operator Interface Keypad (4 x 6)*• Used for manager mode programming and starting and

stopping the dispenser. Not used for manager modeprogramming if Debit DPT components are installed.

• Provides preset input if presets are enabled.• Includes MOP (Method Of Payment) selection buttons if

dual-MOPs are utilized.• May include buttons to operate a DPT.

Ç Keyswitch Area

The location where the manager or arming key is placed to enter or exitmanager's mode and to arm or disarm a dispenser.

È Cash Acceptor*

* These components are optional.

Electronics Enclosure Components (Premier C)

Page 56: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual2-14 Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999

Accessing Electrical Components

Premier C with INSIGHT™ DPT & TDS Options

Electronics Enclosure Components (Premier C)

¿ Primary Access Door

This door provides access to the dual-head cardreader, printer (standard orgraphic), cash acceptor cassette and intrinsically safe barrier board. The lockrequires a TPX-88 key. Open this door first to gain access to the other door(s)on this side of the electronics enclosure. A release latch for the next door islocated on the right side of the door opening.

À Receipt Slot for DPT (standard or graphic) Printer *

Á INSIGHT Debit Display (4-lines x 20-characters)*

Used with the Debit DPT keypad. Displays customer instructions for debittransactions.

 Remote Keypad (TDS, TDS Plus, and Fleet only)*

à Dual Head Cardreader*

* These components are optional.

Æ

Ä

ÃÀ

¿

Á

ÇÂ

Å

È

Page 57: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 2-15

Accessing Electrical Components

Electronics Enclosure Components (Premier C)

Ä Money/Volume Display (two 6-digit displays)• In operating mode, they display total sale currency and total

sale in gallons or liters, respectively.• In manager mode, they display programming information.• The shaded rectangle (for illustration purposes only) to the

right of the money/volume display is the area where themanager or arming key is placed to enter/exit manager'smode or to arm or disarm a dispenser.

Å Price Per Unit Volume Displays (4-digit displays)• One PPUV display per product and price. Each PPUV

display has an arrowhead that is turned on when that productand price is selected.

• Dual-price dispensers have two PPUV displays per product.• Single-price dispensers have one PPUV display per product

and is located in the top PPUV position. The bottom PPUVis covered.

Æ Product Selection Keypad (1 x 5)

This keypad is provided on single-hose dispensers and dispensers with DebitDPT. This keypad is used for:

• Product selection (no DPT or non-debit DPT installed)• Manager mode programming if Debit DPT is installed• Start key if Debit DPT is installed

Ç INSIGHT DPT Display & Operator Interface Keypad*(Graphic or 9-lines x 20-characters in text mode)Used with the standard INSIGHT DPT keypad. Displays customerinstructions for card or cash transactions.

• The softkeys located along the sides of the INSIGHTgraphic display serve as the operator interface keypad.

• Used for data entry, starting and stopping the dispenser, andmanager mode programming (not used for manager modeprogramming if Debit DPT components installed).

• Provides preset input if presets are enabled.• Includes MOP (Method Of Payment) selection keys if dual-

MOPs are utilized.

È Cash Acceptor*

* These components are optional.

Page 58: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual2-16 Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999

Accessing Electrical Components

Accessing Hardware on Premier C

Primary Access Door Lock: One lock per side of the dispenser headprovides access to opening the other door(s). Printers are easily accessed forchanging paper behind this primary access door.

SIDE APrimary AccessDoor Lock

LowerDoor Locks

! CAUTIONThe lower door locksare a draw style lockthat pull the door inwhen turned clockwise.Hand-tighten only toprevent key frombreaking off in lock.

Page 59: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 2-17

Accessing Electrical Components

Accessing the Card Cage on Premier C

1. Identify side A of the dispenser. It is the side with the serial plate.2. Using a TPX88 key, unlock and open the left door of the electronics

enclosure.3. At the middle right edge of this door opening, release the latch that

secures the middle door.4. Open the middle door to expose the card cage. See the card cage

illustration below.

CAUTIONStatic electricity canresult in circuit boardfailure. Wear agrounded static strapto protect thecomponents fromstatic discharge.Connect the staticstrap clip to any sheetmetal edge of the cardcage in the electronicsenclosure.

!

! WARNINGHazard of electricalshock. More than onedisconnect switchmay be required toremove power.

¿ AC Power SwitchÀ Screws for Circuit Board Retainer BracketÁ Circuit Board Retainer Bracket CPU Boardà Control Button on Interface BoardÄ J20 Battery ConnectionÅ Options Power Supply

Ä

¿

À

Á

Å

Â

Ã

CARD CAGE

WARNING!Turn off the powerswitch and push theInterface board ControlButton before removingany boards!

! Accessing the Card Cage Circuit BoardsTo gain access to the circuit boards, remove and save the two screws andretainer bracket shown below. Carefully remove the circuit boards using thenylon card ejectors on the front corners of each board.

Page 60: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual2-18 Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999

Accessing Electrical Components

Accessing the DPT Controller Boards (Premier C )Standard DPT and INSIGHT DPT Controller Boards

On Side A: Unlock and open the primary access door.

On Side B:1. Unlock and open the primary access door of the electronics enclosure

using a TPX88 key.2. At the middle right edge of this door opening, release the latch that

secures the middle door.3. Open the middle door and release the latch that secures the right access

door. This step is for H400C series dispensers only.

See sections 7and 8 for detailedinformation on theDPT ControllerBoards.

THE DPT CONTROLLER BOARDSARE ACCESSED FROM THEPRIMARY ACCESS DOOR ON SIDEA OR FROM THE RIGHT ACCESSDOOR ON SIDE B

PRIMARYACCESS

DOOR

SIDE A

Page 61: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 2-19

Accessing Electrical Components

See section 9 fordetailedinformation on theMaxVac VaporRecovery System.

Accessing MaxVac Vapor Recovery SystemComponents (Premier C)

On Side A:1. Unlock and open the primary access door of the electronics enclosure

using a TPX88 key.2. At the middle right edge of this door opening, release the latch that

secures the middle door.3. Open the middle door and release the latch that secures the right access

door. This step is for H400C series dispensers only.

On Side B: Unlock and open the primary access door.

THE MAXVAC MOTOR CONTROLBOARD(S) AND POWER SUPPLYASSEMBLY ARE ACCESSED FROMTHE RIGHT ACCESS DOOR ON SIDEA OR THE PRIMARY ACCESS DOORON SIDE B

PRIMARYACCESS

DOOR

SIDE A

Page 62: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual2-20 Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999

Accessing Electrical Components

Accessing the Connection Box (Premier C)Locating the Connection Box

The connection box is located on Side B of the dispenser, behind the lowerdoor. Side B is the side that does not have the serial plate attached to the baseof the dispenser. Unlock the lower door on side B of the dispenser to gainaccess to the connection box. Be sure to follow the tightening order shownbelow when replacing the cover to the connection box.

Terminal Block Signals

You may or may not require connections to all of the signals, depending onthe type of dispenser and options installed.

WARNINGWhen replacing theconnection box cover,tighten the cover boltsusing the tighteningorder shown. Anincorrect tighteningorder may result in aflame path violation.

!

! WARNINGHazard of electricalshock. More than onedisconnect switchmay be required tode-energize the device.Open the circuit beforeremoving cover. Keepcover secured whenpower is applied.

TERMINAL BLOCK SIGNALS

1 TTC

2 TTD

3 CONSOLE DCC

4 + 485 DPT

5 - 485 DPT

6 DCC DPT

7 NO CONNECTION

8 NO CONNECTION

9 ACH UDC

10 ACC UDC

11 ACH LIGHTS

12 ACC LIGHTS

13 ACH SPARE

14 ACC SPARE

15 ACH MOTOR CONTROL 1

16 ACH MOTOR CONTROL 2

17 ACH MOTOR CONTROL 3

18 ACH MOTOR CONTROL 4

SIDE B

TIGHTENING ORDER FOR COVER BOLTS

11

9

7 5 3 1 12

14

10864132

TERMINAL BLOCK 1 18

There are noconnections to theterminal strip in theconnection box forIntercom/Speakerwiring or Spandrelwiring. Intercom/speaker field wireswill be joined togetherwith the dispenserintercom/speakerwires in the dispenserconnection box.

Page 63: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 3-1

System Circuit Boards

Section 3 ContentsCommon Circuit Boards for Premier B and C

Circuit Board Orientation ............................................................... 3-2

Mother Board ................................................................................ 3-3

Interface Board .............................................................................. 3-6

Expanded Computer Board ........................................................... 3-8

Multiplex Board............................................................................ 3-10

Relay Board.................................................................................. 3-11

AC Distribution Board .................................................................. 3-12

AC Distribution Wiring Schematic ................................................ 3-16

Blend Control Board .................................................................... 3-17

Valve Interface Board .................................................................. 3-18

Options Power Supply ................................................................. 3-19

Circuit Boards for Premier B Only

LED Board ................................................................................... 3-21

Display Board .............................................................................. 3-22

Circuit Boards for Premier C Only

Display Board .............................................................................. 3-25

Intrinsically Safe Barrier (ISB) Assembly ..................................... 3-27

SCOPE

This section provides information for identifying the circuit boards used inPremier B and C series dispensers. Each circuit board is described as tofeatures, functions, connectors, and test points as applicable.For MaxVac system circuits boards, see Section 9.For DPT circuit boards, see Sections 7 and 8.

Section 3: System Circuit Boards

CAUTIONStatic electricity canresult in circuit boardfailure. Wear agrounded static strapto protect thecomponents fromstatic discharge.Connect the staticstrap clip to any sheetmetal edge of the cardcage in the electronicsenclosure.

!

Page 64: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual3-2 Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999

System Circuit Boards

Circuit Board Orientation (Premier B & C)

Non-BlendDispensers

DPT TRANSFORMER

HEATING ELEMENT

FAN ASSEMBLY

POWERSWITCH

INTERFACE BD.

OPTIONS POWERSUPPLY(FOR BLENDERS ANDDPT)

RELAY BD. #1

MOTHER BD.

UDCB TRANSFORMER

HEATING ELEMENT

FAN ASSEMBLY

POWERSWITCH

INTERFACE BD.

RELAY BD. #1

MOTHER BD.

EXPANDED COMPUTER BD.

BATTERY PACKDPT TRANSFORMER

OPTIONS POWER SUPPLY(FOR BLENDERS AND DPT)

BATTERY PACK

UDCB TRANSFORMER

BLEND CONTROL BD.

MULTIPLEX BD.

RELAY BD. #2

VALVE INTERFACE BD.

EXPANDED COMPUTER BD.

Circuit board nameswith dotted linesaround them indicatethat different boardsare used for a blenderdispenser.

BlendDispensers

Circuit board nameswith dotted linesaround them indicatethat different boardsare used for a non-blend dispenser.

Page 65: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 3-3

System Circuit Boards

Mother Board - 420935 (Premier B & C)

Connectors of the Mother Board

J1 - Transformer Input J16 - DPT 1 Communication

J2 - Valve AC Input J17 - DPT 2 Communication

J3 - Product 1 (Handle & Pulser) J18 - Options (RS485)

J4 - Product 3 (Handle & Pulser) J19 - Console Communication

J5 - Interface Bd. J20 - Battery

J6 - Computer Bd. J21 - Product 1 Valve Control

J7 - Multiplex / Blend Control Bd. J22 - Display Board, Side A

J8 - Relay #2 / Valve Interface Bd. J23 - Display Board, Side B

J9 - Relay #1 Bd. J24 - Interface Bd.

J10 - Product 4 Valve Control J25 - Computer Bd.

J11 - Product 2 (Handle & Pulser) J26 - Multiplex / Blend Control Bd.

J12 - Product 4 (Handle & Pulser) J27 - Relay #2 / Valve Interface Bd.

J13 - Multiplex / Blend Control Bd. J28 - Relay #1 Bd.

J14 - Product 3 Valve Control J29 - Motor Control

J15 - Product 2 Valve Control J30 - Intercom Button (see pages 3-5 and 4-4

CB1 - Battery Circuit Breaker for additional information)

• All connectors are locking type and are polarized• Contains the circuit breaker for the battery• Contains the circuitry for the intercom’s push-button, and for

DPT detection

CHASSIS GROUND PAD(REV. 5 BOARDS ) CHASSIS GROUND PAD

J2

REV. 4 ORPRIOR BOARDS

REV. 5BOARDS

PROD2

PROD4

PROD1

PROD3

PROD 2

PROD 4

PROD 1

PROD 3

DISPLAY A DISPLAY B MOTOR CONTROL

CP

U

MU

LTIP

LE

X /

BL

EN

D C

ON

TR

OL

INT

ER

FAC

E

RE

LA

Y #

2 / V

ALV

E IN

TE

RFA

CE

RE

LA

Y #

1

Page 66: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual3-4 Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999

System Circuit Boards

J1 Transformer Input Connector1 Transformer secondary2 Transformer secondaryVoltage = 8.5 – 14 VAC between pins 1 and 2

J2 Valve AC Input Connector1 AC hot2 AC commonVoltage = 102 – 132 VAC between pins 1 and 2 for 110 volt operationVoltage = 204 – 264 VAC between pins 1 and 2 for 220 volt operation

J3, J4, J11, J12 Products (respectively) 1, 3, 2, and 4Pulser/Handle Connector

1 Handle signal for side A of the product2 Phase 0 , side A pulser for the product3 Phase 90, side A pulser for the product4 Side A pulser voltage (4.75 – 5.25 VDC)5 Handle signal for side B of the product6 Phase 0, side B pulser for the product7 Phase 90, side B pulser for the product8 Side B pulser voltage (4.75 – 5.25 VDC)9 Ground signal for side A Handle circuit10 Ground signal for side A Pulser circuit11 Ground signal for side B Handle circuit12 Ground signal for side B Pulser circuit

J10, J14, J15, J21 Products 4, 3, 2, and 1 Valve ControlConnectors (120 or 220 VAC)

1 Side A slow flow valve control2 Side A full flow valve control3 AC common for side A valves4 Side B slow flow valve control5 Side B full flow valve control6 AC common for side B valvesAll valve signals for side A and side B are on the same connector. Valvecontrols can be exchanged with other products to aid troubleshooting.

J29 Motor Control Connector (120 or 220 VAC)1 AC hot for motor 12 AC hot for motor 23 AC hot for motor 34 AC hot for motor 4These signals energize a 120/220 VAC motor contactor coil circuit with amaximum current of .5 Amperes

J16, J17 DPT1, DPT2 Communications Connectors1 Not used2 Not used3 RS485 communication (positive side)4 RS485 communication (negative side)5 System DCC6 System DCC

Mother Board - 420935 (continued)

All of the groundsignals (9 – 12) aretied to the sameground on the PCboard.

This list ofconnectorfunctions excludesthe Mother Boardedge connectors.

Page 67: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 3-5

System Circuit Boards

J18 Options RS485 Communication Connector1 RS485 communication (negative side)2 System DCC3 RS485 communication (positive side)

J19 Console Communications Connector1 Talk to dispenser signal (TTD)2 System DCC3 Talk to console signal (TTC)To troubleshoot, disconnect J19. The TTD signal should measure 10.8 – 13.2VDC. If the TTC signal is grounded, LED 1 (yellow) on the Interface boardwill light.

J20 Battery Pack Connector1 Positive battery voltage (8.5 – 10.5 VDC)2 System DCC

J22, J23 Display Board Side A and Side B Connectors1 Keypad matrix, row 1 for side A, row 5 for side B2 Keypad matrix, row 2 for side A, row 6 for side B3 Keypad matrix, row 3 for side A, row 7 for side B4 Keypad matrix, row 4 for side A, row 8 for side B5 Keypad matrix, column 16 Keypad matrix, column 27 Keypad matrix, column 38 Keypad matrix, column 49 Keypad matrix, column 510 Keypad matrix, column 611 Keypad matrix, column 712 Keypad matrix, column 813 Serial display data14 Display clock signal15 Load data signal for the display on the appropriate side16 No Connection17 +12 VDC to display board 5 volt regulator (10.8 – 13.2 VDC)18 +12 VDC to display board 5 volt regulator (10.8 – 13.2 VDC)19 System DCC20 System DCC

J30 Intercom Button Output1 Common terminal of “call switch”2 Normally closed side of “call switch”3 Normally open side of “call switch”This connector is used to connect the Intercom push button circuit in thejunction box. Exact wiring to the intercom varies by manufacturer.

Mother Board - 420935 (continued)

Page 68: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual3-6 Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999

System Circuit Boards

Interface Board - 421087 (Premier B & C)• Pulser filtering circuit• Pulser connect sensing circuit• Power Supply• Battery charging and testing circuit• AC Power detect circuitry• External interfaces

- TTC/TTD (Tokheim serial interface)- RS-485 serial interface (DPT)- Display data signals (data, clock, load)

J1 - CONNECTS TO MOTHER BOARD J5 J2 - CONNECTS TO MOTHER BOARD J24

LED’S 1-4

LED1 - TALK TOCONSOLE (TTC)

LED2 - TALK TODISPENSER (TTD)

LED3 - RS-485 (RXD)

LED4 - RS-485 (TXD)

JU1 - BATTERY CHARGERSET POINT JUMPER

R13 - BATTERYCHARGER SETPOINT ADJUSTRESISTOR

TP2 - 14 PIN TESTPOINT HEADER

TP1 - SYSTEM GROUND PIN #1PIN #14

SW1 - START UP / DISPENSER POWER DOWNSWITCH (ALSO CALLED THE CONTROL BUTTON)

Page 69: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 3-7

System Circuit Boards

TP2 Test Point Header Signals

Pin#

Signal Present

8 +5 VDC (pulser) Acceptable range: 4.75 - 5.25 VDC

9 +VDC1 (rectified & filtered) Acceptable range: 8.5 - 15 VDC

10 TXD RS-485 transmit data signal (TTL level)

11 RXD RS-485 receive data signal (TTL level)

12 TTC Talk To Console (Tokheim serial link) +12 VDC level

13 TTD Talk to Dispenser (Tokheim serial link) +12 VDC level

14 +8 VDC Multiplex bd. power, Acceptable range: 7 - 11 VDC

TP2 Test Point Header Signals

Pin#

Signal Present

1 DCC (DC Common)

2 Factory Use Only

3 +V BAT (Battery voltage) range: 8 - 11 VDC

4 +5 VDC (System voltage) range: 4.75 - 5.25 VDC

5 +12 VDC (Communication voltage) range: 10.8 - 13.2 VDC

6 VBB (Battery backup voltage) range: 4.75 - 5.25 VDC

7 VREF (Pulser Op Amp circuit) range: 2.462 - 2.538 VDC

TP2 Test Point Header Signals

Pin#

Signal Present

8 +5 VDC (pulser) Acceptable range: 4.75 - 5.25 VDC

9 +VDC1 (rectified & filtered) Acceptable range: 8.5 - 15 VDC

10 TXD RS-485 transmit data signal (TTL level)

11 RXD RS-485 receive data signal (TTL level)

12 TTC Talk To Console (Tokheim serial link) +12 VDC level

13 TTD Talk to Dispenser (Tokheim serial link) +12 VDC level

14 +8 VDC Multiplex bd. power, Acceptable range: 7 - 11 VDC

LED IndicatorsLED 1 This yellow LED flashes on when communications are going to

the console (TTC)

LED 2 This green LED flashes on when communications are going tothe dispenser (TTD)

LED3 This green LED flashes on when the Interface board is receivinginternal RS-485 data (RXD)

LED4 This red LED flashes on when the Interface board is transmittinginternal RS-485 data (TXD)

SW1The Start Up / Battery Power Down Switch (Control Button)

Switch SW1 is the start up switch for the Premier dispenser. All nozzles mustbe in their boots, and the dispenser must not be in manager mode. Whenpushed and held in at power up:

• All software variables default values are initialized• Totals and prices are NOT cleared

When pushed while operating on battery power, the dispenser electronics willpower down.

R13The battery charge voltage must be checked anytime any of the followingoccurs:

• Low battery indication • Battery replacement• Interface board replacement • Preventative maintenance

Setting the Battery Charge Voltage1. Disconnect the battery from mother board connector J20.2. Put a two pin jumper across pins 1 and 2 of JU1.3. Monitor TP2, pin 3 (VBAT) and adjust R13 until TP2, pin 3 is

8.8VDC.4. Remove the jumper from JU1.5. Reconnect the battery pack connector to mother board connector J20.

{Used fordispenser/consolecommunications

{Used for DPT &optionscommunications

TP2

WARNINGThe dispenser maystill have dangerousvoltages inside! Shutoff all circuit breakersto the dispenser!

!

Interface Board - 421087 (continued)

Page 70: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual3-8 Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999

System Circuit Boards

Expanded Computer Board - 421124 (Premier B & C)

TP2 - DC COMMON

PIN 1

12345678

J1 - CONNECTS TO MOTHER BD. J6 J2 - CONNECTS TO MOTHER BD. J25

SW1 - DIP SWITCH 1

TP114-PIN TEST POINT HEADER

U5EPROM

The Expanded Computer (CPU) board processes and controls the majority ofthe dispenser functions. The operating program is stored in the EPROM (U5)on the board.

• Four diagnostic LEDs• 14 pin edge mounted test points• 8K x 8 nonvolatile static RAM with internal battery

TP1 - Test Point 1 Pinouts

DIAGNOSTIC LED 1, 2, 3, 4

PIN # DESCRIPTION PIN # DESCRIPTION

1 DC Common 8 Dip Switch position #1

2 Not used at this time 9 Dip Switch position #2

3 +5 VDC 10 Dip Switch position #3

4 Future diagnostic #4 11 Dip Switch position #4

5 Future diagnostic #3 12 Dip Switch position #5

6 Future diagnostic #2 13 Dip Switch position #6

7 Future diagnostic #1 14 Dip Switch position #7

DIP SWITCHPOSITIONSOFF = 5 voltsON = 0 volts

Diagnostic LEDS: LED #1: Watchdog ON LED #2: Any motor ON LED #3: Any valve ON LED #4: AC Power present

Page 71: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 3-9

System Circuit Boards

SW1 Setting the DIP SwitchDip Switch SW1 settings are used to configure the Expanded ComputerBoard to the dispenser. This switch is a rocker-type switch. Push down on thedesired selection (on or off). The dispenser will not detect changes in SW1settings until you do one of the following:

• Enter manager mode 14 or higher• Power up the dispenser while pressing the control button on

the Interface board• Lift handle #1 on side A only and power up the dispenser

while pressing the control button on the Interface board (coldstart power up routine)

Expanded Computer Board - 421124

SWITCH STATUS DESCRIPTION

1ON

Sales halt if the console communication is interrupted formore than 1/2 second. The console operator can resumethe sale after the communication has been reestablishied.

OFF Sales will not halt if console communication is interrupted.

2ON

For use with VISION, MEMS IV, MEMS V, VX100,VXDHC, and model 83 DHC dispenser controllers.

OFFFor use with the MEMS II, and MEMS III consoles whichonly use 1 price per product.

3ON Unit of volume is GALLONS.

OFF Unit of volume is LITERS.

4ON

Blanking of first 0.009 gallons or 0.034 liters (hosedilation).

OFFCalibration, no blanking. For blenders, this disables allpulser and blend control related errors.

5ON Simultaneous programming for dispenser sides A and B.

OFF Independent programming for dispenser sides A and B.

6ON Dual phase pulser operation.

OFF Single phase operation (phase 0 only).

7ON

Ignores the console slow flow offset. Uses setting frommode F18.

OFFUses the console slow flow offset value, not more than 2.5units.

8ON Not used.

OFF Used for all Premier dispensers.

Page 72: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual3-10 Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999

System Circuit Boards

Multiplex Board - 417333 (not used in blenders)Premier B & C

K1 - PRODUCT 1, SIDE A PULSERK2 - PRODUCT 2, SIDE A PULSERK3 - PRODUCT 3, SIDE A PULSERK4 - PRODUCT 4, SIDE A PULSERK5 - NOT USED

K6 - PRODUCT 1, SIDE B PULSERK7 - PRODUCT 2, SIDE B PULSERK8 - PRODUCT 3, SIDE B PULSERK9 - PRODUCT 4, SIDE B PULSERK10 - NOT USED

Ó Ó

• Communicates the status of nozzle sensors to the ExpandedCPU board

• Selects the proper pulsers, and outputs them to the Interfaceboard

• Selects the proper valve and motor circuits to activate therelays on the Relay board

TO MOTHER BD J13TO MOTHER BD J7 TO MOTHER BD J26

This is the sameMultiplex boardused in the TCSAseries dispensers.

Page 73: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 3-11

System Circuit Boards

Relay Board - 421084 (Premier B & C)

U2

U12

*CONNECTS TO J8 OR J9ON MOTHER BD.

*CONNECTS TO J27 ORJ28 ON MOTHER BD.

Number ofProducts

Numberof Sides

Boards Req'dNumber ofProducts

Numberof Sides

Boards Req'd

2 1 1 Full 3 2 1 Full, 1 Half

2 2 1 Full 4 1 2 Full

3 1 1 Full, 1 Half 4 2 2 Full

This chart is for troubleshootingpurposes only! It is not intendedfor component replacement.

• Contains the solid state relays that control the 120 VAC (or240 VAC) to the valves and motor control lines

• 8 VDC from the Interface board is the supply voltage used topower the solid state relays. The ON/OFF operation of therelays is controlled by the Multiplex board

Up to two Relay boards can be used in Premier dispensers:• Board 1 for products 1 & 2 connects to J9 & J28 on the

Mother board and is a fully-populated circuit board• Board 2 for product 3 (only) connects to J8 & J27 on the

Mother board and is a half-populated circuit board• Board 2 for products 3 & 4 connects to J8 & J27 on the

Mother board and is a fully-populated circuit board, identicalto Board 1

• Blending dispensers use only Relay board # 1

Blenders only useRelay Board # 1.

U2 Motor 1 or Motor 3

U3 Slow Flow Valve A1 or A3

U4 Full Flow Valve A1 or A3

U5 Slow Flow Valve B1 or B3

U6 Full Flow Valve B1 or B3

U8 Motor 2 or Motor 4

U9 Slow Flow Valve A2 or A4

U10 Full Flow Valve A2 or A4

U11 Slow Flow Valve B2 or B4

U12 Full Flow Valve B2 or B4

*Depending on which card cage slot theboard is installed into

Solid StateRelay #

Function Controlled*

Page 74: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual3-12 Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00

System Circuit Boards

Connectors of the AC Distribution Board

J1 To Main AC Switch1 Switched side of ACH (hot) for the relays and motor control signals2 Input side of ACH for the relays and motor control signals3 Input side of ACH4 Switched side of ACHPins 1 & 2 are switched separately to keep voltage from other dispensers inthe station from feeding back and keeping the dispenser powered up.This connector controls AC going to the relays, UDCB transformer, powersupply, and AC Options #1, #2, and #3.Switch rating = 10A @ 120VAC, 5A @ 220 VAC.

AC Distribution Board - 420955 (Premier B & C)• Includes system thermostats for lights, electronics, and heater• Circuit breaker protection for the electronics• Located on the back side of the card cage

AC Distribution WiringSchematic availableon page 3-16.

J2 - SURGE/SPIKEPROTECTION

J5 - 120 VAC

TS1 - TRANSFORMERTHERMOSTAT, OPENS@ 80°C (176°F)

CB1 - CIRCUITBREAKER (FOR THEELECTRONICS ONLY).2 AMP

J8 - AC INPUT

TS2 - HEATER THERMOSTAT,OPENS @ 20°C (68°F)

J6 - FAN

TS3 - LIGHTSTHERMOSTAT,OPENS @ 70°C(158°F)

J14 - OPTIONPOWER SUPPLY

J16 - MAIN LIGHTS (DISPLAY BD. BACKLIGHTS)J17 - DPT LIGHTS

J10 - AC OPTION #1 (FILTERED)J11 - AC OPTION #2 (FILTERED)J12 - AC OPTION #3 (FILTERED)J13 - AC SPARE (UNFILTERED)

J3 - ACNOISE FILTER

J9 - RELAY POWER

J1 - MAIN AC SWITCH

J7 - HEATER

J4 - 220 VAC

TS2

Page 75: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 3-13

System Circuit Boards

Connectors of the AC Distribution Board (continued)

J2 Surge Protection Connector1 & 3 ACC side of surge and spike protector2 & 5 Earth ground for the surge and spike protector4 & 6 ACH side of the surge and spike protectorSpike protection for 120 VAC operation begins at 403 VAC.

J3 AC Filter Connector1 ACC input to filter from the surge protector2, 5 Earth ground3 Filtered ACC output4 ACH input to filter from the surge protector6 Filtered ACH outputAC filter rating = 10A @ 120 VAC / 220 VAC

J4 220 Volt Transformer Connector1 No external connection, this is tied to pin 4 for 220 VAC operation2 Filtered ACC to the transformer3 Filtered ACH to the transformer4 No external connection, this is tied to pin 1 for 220 VAC operationThermostat TS1 shuts off power to the transformer above 80°C/176°F.

J5 120 Volt Transformer Connector1 & 3 Filtered ACC to the transformer2 & 4 Filtered ACH to the transformerBoth 120 VAC and 220 VAC dispensers use the same transformer.Thermostat TS1 shuts off power to the transformer above 80°C/176°F.

J6 Fan Connector1 ACH to the fan2 ACC to the fanA different fan assembly is required for 220 VAC operation.

J7 Heater Connector1 ACH for the heater from TS2 thermostat2 ACC for the heaterThe thermostat TS2 opens above 20°C/68°F shutting off power to the heater.

Page 76: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual3-14 Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00

System Circuit Boards

Connectors of the AC Distribution Board (continued)

J8 AC Input Connector1 ACC for the dispenser2 & 3 Earth ground4 Spare ACC (unfiltered, no spike protection)5 ACH for the dispenser6 ACH for all dispenser lights7 ACC for all dispenser lights8 Spare ACH (unfiltered, no spike protection)Typically, the spare ACH and ACC are not connected in the connection box.

J9 Relay Power Connector1 ACH for valve and motor control2 ACC for valve and motor controlThis power is switched by the main power switch to prevent other dispensersproviding power feedback.

J10, J11, J12 AC Option 1, AC Option 2, and AC Option 31 Filtered ACH for dispenser options2 Filtered ACC for dispenser options3 Earth ground for dispenser optionsTotal maximum current draw for all three options is 5A @ 120 VAC.Thermostat TS1 will shut off power to these options above 80°C/176°F.

J13 AC Spare Connector (currently used for Valance lights)1 Unfiltered ACH for dispenser options2 Unfiltered ACC for dispenser options3 Earth ground for dispenser optionsNote that this is UNFILTERED AC power

J14 Option Power Supply Connector1 ACH to the cash acceptor2 ACC to the cash acceptor3 & 6 Earth ground4 ACH to the DPT & Blender5 ACC to the DPT & BlenderThermostat TS1 will shut off power to these options above 80°C/176°F.

Page 77: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 3-15

System Circuit Boards

Connectors of the AC Distribution Board (continued)

J15 Product Lights Connector (future option)1 ACH for product ID lights on side A2 ACC for product ID lights on side A3 & 6 Earth ground4 ACH for product ID lights on side B5 ACC for product ID lights on side BThermostat TS3 controls ACH to the lights. ACH is shut off when thedispenser head temperature rises above 70°C/158°F.A separate AC circuit for the lights (from the station to the dispenser) allowsstation lighting independent from dispenser lighting.A different ballast assembly is required for 220 VAC operation.

J16 Main Lights Connector (Backlights for the Display board)1 ACH for the main display lights on side A2 ACC for the main display lights on side A3 & 6 Earth ground4 ACH for the main display lights on side B5 ACC for the main display lights on side BThermostat TS3 shuts off power to these lights above 70°C/158°F.A separate circuit for these lights provides an independent lighting schemefor the station.A different ballast assembly is required for 220 VAC operation.

J17, J18 DPT Lights Connector, Valance Lights Connector(future option)

1 ACH for the DPT lights or valance lights on side A2 ACC for the DPT lights or valance lights on side A3 & 6 Earth ground4 ACH for the DPT lights or valance lights on side B5 ACC for the DPT lights or valance lights on side BThermostat TS3 shuts off power to these lights above 70°C/158°F.A separate circuit for these lights provides an independent lighting schemefor the station.A different ballast assembly is required for 220 VAC operation.

Page 78: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual3-16 Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00

System Circuit Boards

AC Distribution Wiriring Schematic (Premier B & C)

Page 79: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 3-17

System Circuit Boards

Blend Control Board - 421574 (Premier B & C)

TO MOTHER BD J26TO MOTHER BD J13TO MOTHER BD J7

J4 MaxVac Interface Connector (MaxVac is optional)1 Pulser 1A 6 No Connection2 Pulser 2A 7 Error Side A3 No Connection 8 Error side B4 Pulser 1B 9 +5 VDC5 Pulser 2B 10 DCC

• Used only in Blend dispensers• Calculates blending ratio• Receives pulser and handle signals• Monitors for pulser disconnect• Controls motors, blending valves, and dual-flow valves• Receives commands from and reports status to the master

processor on the Expanded Computer Board• Supplies Motor Control for MaxVac system• 421186 (for non MaxVac)

J4

Page 80: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual3-18 Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00

System Circuit Boards

• Used only in Blend dispensers• controls ASCO blending valve solenoids• contains motor control signals• polarized and locking connectors• optically isolated from system

CONNECTS TO MOTHER BD J8 CONNECTS TO MOTHER BD J27

J1 DC signals J2 AC signalsJ3 +24 VDC valve power J4 Inlet valve 1AJ5 Outlet valve 1A J6 Inlet valve 2AJ7 Outlet valve 2A J8 Inlet valve 1BJ9 Outlet valve 1B J10 Inlet valve 2BJ11 Outlet valve 2B

J3 VALVE POWER (FROM OPTIONS P.S.)1 +24V 1A 5 +24V 1B2 GND 1A 6 GND 1B3 +24V 2A 7 +24V 2B4 GND 2A 8 GND 2B

Valve Interface Board - 421284 (Premier B & C)

VALVE SIGNALS FOR J4 THRU J111 GROUND SIDE OF VALVE CONTROL2 +24V SIDE OF VALVE CONTROL3 & 4 NO CONNECTION

Page 81: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 3-19

System Circuit Boards

Options Power Supply (Premier B & C)Assembly 319407-8, PC Board 420949

• Used only with a DPT, Blender, or Cash Acceptor• The Options Power Supply is required if a DPT, Blender, or

Cash Acceptor is installed.• The power supply is located to the right of the cardcage on

side A.• Turn power on and off to DPTs using the power switches.

Options Power Supply BoardConnectors are described indetail on the next page.

CONNECTOR IDENTIFICATION

J1 BLENDER POWER OUTPUTJ2 CIRCUIT BREAKERSJ3 DPT POWER OUTPUTJ4 CASH ACCEPTOR POWER OUTPUTJ5 AC INPUT CONNECTORJ6 TRANSFORMER SECONDARIESJ7 110 VAC TRANSFORMER PRIMARIESJ8 220 VAC TRANSFORMER PRIMARY

OPTIONS POWERSUPPLY PC BOARD

OPTIONS POWERSUPPLY ASSEMBLY

CASH ACCEPTORSIDES A & B

8V SIDES A & B

24V SIDE B

24V SIDE A

DPT SIDE B

CIRCUIT BREAKERS

POWER SWITCHES

BLENDERS ONLYBLENDER POWEROUTPUT CONNECTOR(TO THE VALVEINTERFACE BOARD)

24V SIDE A, 24V SIDE B

8V, 24V

8V, 24V

LED'S

LED "ON" INDICATES THATTHE DESCRIBED POWERLEVEL IS ACTIVE

DPT SIDE A

Page 82: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual3-20 Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00

System Circuit Boards

Options Power Supply Board ConnectorsJ1 Blend Valve Power - Supplies 24VDC for Blend Valves

1 DCC 5 DCC2 DCC 6 DCC3 +24V side B 7 +24V side A4 +24V side B 8 +24V side A

J2 Circuit Breakers - Connection to circuit breakers1 Cash Acceptor IN 6 24 VAC secondary 2 IN2 Cash Acceptor OUT 7 24 VAC secondary 2 OUT3 24 VAC secondary 1 IN 8 8.5 VAC secondary 3 IN4 24 VAC secondary 1 OUT 9 8.5 VAC secondary 3 OUT5 No Connection

J3 DPT Out - 24 VDC and 8VDC to DPT CPU Bds1 +24 VDC power for DPT side B (23.5 – 24.5 VDC, supplies power for

printer, paper cutter, and beeper)2 +8 VDC power for DPT side B (unregulated, for +5 VDC logic power)3 DCC4 +24 VDC power for DPT side A (23.5 – 24.5 VDC, supplies power for

printer, paper cutter, and beeper)5 +8 VDC power for DPT side A (unregulated, for +5 VDC logic power)6 DCC

J4 Cash Out - Supplies AC power for side A and B cash acceptors1 ACH for side A cash acceptor 2 ACC for side A cash acceptor3 ACH for side B cash acceptor 4 ACC for side B cash acceptor

J5 Main AC In - AC power input from AC Distribution Bd1 ACH Input for cash acceptors side A and B2 ACC Input for cash acceptors side A and B3 Earth Ground (connected to DCC at board standoff)4 No Connection5 No Connection6 No Connection7 ACH Input for DPT and Blend Valve power sides A and B8 ACC Input for DPT and Blend Valve power sides A and B9 Earth Ground (connected to DCC at board standoff)

J6 Transformer Sec - Connection for transformer secondaries1 Secondary 3 return 4 Secondary 2, 24 to 36 VAC2 Secondary 3, 8 to 12 VAC 5 Secondary 1 return3 Secondary 2 return 6 Secondary 1, 24 to 36 VAC

J7 110 VAC Transformer Pri - Connection for 110 VAC primaries1 ACH Primary 1 3 ACH Primary 22 ACC primary 1 4 ACC primary 2ACH range = 102 – 132 VAC

J8 220 VAC Transformer Pri - Connection for 220 VAC primary.1 ACH (204 to 264 VAC)2 Connects dual primaries in series3 Connects dual primaries in series4 ACC

Page 83: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 3-21

System Circuit Boards

LED Board - 421228 (Premier B)

PIN 6 - LED5

PIN 5 -LED4

PIN 4 -LED3

PIN 3 -LED2

PIN 1 -LED1

PIN 2 +5VDC

J1

LED1

LED2

LED3

LED4

LED5

• One LED board for all single-hosed dispensers• Locking and polarized connector

CONNECTOR J1 ISLOCATED ON THEBACKSIDE OF THEBOARD.

Control for the LED board comes from J7 on the Display board. A currentlimiting resistor for each LED is on the display board as well. The schematicfor the LED board is below.

Page 84: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual3-22 Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00

System Circuit Boards

Display Board - 420942(Premier B, used in models with beeper in electronicsenclosure)

J5 - BEEPERCONNECTOR

J4 - PRODUCT 6 CONNECTOR(FUTURE USE)

MAGNETIC KEYSENSORS

MONEY AND VOLUME DISPLAY

CONFIGURATIONJUMPERS(FACTORYCONFIGURED)

PPUV5PPUV3 PPUV4PPUV2PPUV1

J2 - OPERATORINTERFACEKEYPAD

J3 - PRODUCTSELECTIONKEYPAD

J1- INPUTCONNECTOR

J8 - PRODUCTIONTEST CONNECTOR

J7 - LED BOARDCONTROL CONNECTOR

PRICE(PPUV)DISPLAYS(1-5)

• All connectors are the locking type and are polarized• Full keypad matrix (Product Selection & Operator Interface

keypads, Manager and Arming keys)• Beeper circuit and connector (J5)• Jumper configured at the factory for 1 to 5 Price displays• +5 VDC regulator on board for all display voltages

J6 - ALTERNATIVEMANAGER/ARMINGKEY CONNECTOR

Page 85: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 3-23

System Circuit Boards

Display Board - 421437(Premier B, used in models with beeper in raceway)

• All connectors are the locking type and are polarized• Full keypad matrix (Product Selection & Operator Interface

keypads, Manager and Arming keys)• Beeper connectors for dispenser electronics (J5) and

DPT (J9)• Jumper configured at the factory for 1 to 5 Price displays• +5 VDC regulator on board for all display voltages

J9 - DPTBEEPERCONNECTOR

J5 - BEEPERCONNECTOR

J4 - PRODUCT 6 CONNECTOR(FUTURE USE)

MAGNETIC KEYSENSORS

MONEY AND VOLUME DISPLAY

PPUV5PPUV3 PPUV4PPUV2PPUV1

J2 - OPERATORINTERFACEKEYPAD

J3 - PRODUCTSELECTIONKEYPAD

J1- INPUTCONNECTOR

J8 - PRODUCTIONTEST CONNECTOR

J7 - LED BOARDCONTROL CONNECTOR

PRICE(PPUV)DISPLAYS(1-5)

J6 - ALTERNATIVEMANAGER/ARMINGKEY CONNECTOR

Page 86: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual3-24 Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00

System Circuit Boards

Display Board Connectors (Premier B)

All connectors except J9 are used on both display boards (420942 &421437). Display board 420942 does not have connector J9.

All “Row” numbers in parenthesis ( ) are for side B.

J1 Input Connector

1 Row 1 (5) of the keypad matrix

2 Row 2 (6) of the keypad matrix

3 Row 3 (7) of the keypad matrix

4 Row 4 (8) of the keypad matrix

5 Column 1 of the keypad matrix

6 Column 2 of the keypad matrix

7 Column 3 of the keypad matrix

8 Column 4 of the keypad matrix

9 Column 5 of the keypad matrix

10 Column 6 of the keypad matrix

11 Column 7 of the keypad matrix

12 Column 8 of the keypad matrix

13 Serial data from Interface board

14 Clock signal from Interface board

15 Load signal from Interface board

16 No connection

17, 18 12 VDC from Interface bd.(10.8 - 13.2)

19, 20 System ground

J2 Operator Interface Keypad Connector

1 Row 1 (5) of keypad matrix

2 Row 2 (6) of the keypad matrix

3 Row 3 (7) of the keypad matrix

4 Row 4 (8) of the keypad matrix

5 Column 1 of the keypad matrix

6 Column 2 of the keypad matrix

7 Column 3 of the keypad matrix

8 Column 4 of the keypad matrix

9 Column 5 of the keypad matrix

10 Column 6 of the keypad matrix

J3 Product Selection Keypad

1 Row 1 (5) of the keypad matrix

2 Row 2 (6) of the keypad matrix

3 Row 3 (7) of the keypad matrix

4 Row 4 (8) of the keypad matrix

5 Column 7 of the keypad matrix

6 Column 8 of the keypad matrix

J4 Product 6 - Not used

J5 Dispenser Beeper

1 12 VDC from Interface board(10.8 - 13.2)

2, 3 No connection

4 Beeper control signal, low = on

J6 Spare Manager/Arming Key

1 Row 3 of switch matrix

2, 3 Column 8 of switch matrix

4 Row 4 of switch matrix

J7 LED Board Control

1 On/off control for LED 1, low = on

3 On/off control for LED 2, low = on

5 On/off control for LED 3, low = on

7 On/off control for LED 4, low = on

9 On/off control for LED 5, low = on

11 On/off control for LED 6, low = on

(Even numbered pins are 5 VDC to LED Bd.)

J8 Production Test (Factory use only)

J9 DPT Beeper

1 12 VDC from DPT when active

2 Ground from DPT when active

Page 87: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 3-25

System Circuit Boards

Display Board - 422594 (Premier C)• All connectors are the locking type and are polarized• Full keypad matrix (Product Selection & Operator Interface

keypads, Manager and Arming keys)• Beeper circuit and connector (J5)• Jumper configured at the factory for 1 to 5 Price displays• +5 VDC regulator on board for all display voltages

J9 - DPTBEEPERCONNECTOR

J5 - BEEPERCONNECTOR

MAGNETIC KEYSENSORS

J2 - OPERATORINTERFACEKEYPAD

J3 - PRODUCTSELECTIONKEYPAD

J1- INPUTCONNECTOR

J8 -PRODUCTIONTESTCONNECTOR

J6 -ALTERNATIVEMANAGER/ARMING KEYCONNECTOR

PPUV5PPUV3 PPUV4PPUV2PPUV1

FRONT SIDE

BACK SIDE422594.PLT

J3

Page 88: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual3-26 Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00

System Circuit Boards

Display Board Connectors (Premier C)

All “Row” numbers in parenthesis ( ) are for side B.

J1 Input Connector

1 Row 1 (5) of the keypad matrix

2 Row 2 (6) of the keypad matrix

3 Row 3 (7) of the keypad matrix

4 Row 4 (8) of the keypad matrix

5 Column 1 of the keypad matrix

6 Column 2 of the keypad matrix

7 Column 3 of the keypad matrix

8 Column 4 of the keypad matrix

9 Column 5 of the keypad matrix

10 Column 6 of the keypad matrix

11 Column 7 of the keypad matrix

12 Column 8 of the keypad matrix

13 Serial data from Interface board

14 Clock signal from Interface board

15 Load signal from Interface board

16 No connection

17, 18 12 VDC from Interface bd.(10.8 - 13.2)

19, 20 System ground

J2 Operator Interface Keypad Connector

1 Row 1 (5) of the keypad matrix

2 Row 2 (6) of the keypad matrix

3 Row 3 (7) of the keypad matrix

4 Row 4 (8) of the keypad matrix

5 Column 1 of the keypad matrix

6 Column 2 of the keypad matrix

7 Column 3 of the keypad matrix

8 Column 4 of the keypad matrix

9 Column 5 of the keypad matrix

10 Column 6 of the keypad matrix

J3 Product Selection Keypad

1 Row 1 (5) of the keypad matrix

2 Row 2 (6) of the keypad matrix

3 Row 3 (7) of the keypad matrix

4 Row 4 (8) of the keypad matrix

5 Column 7 of the keypad matrix

6 Column 8 of the keypad matrix

J5 Dispenser Beeper

1 12 VDC from Interface board(10.8 - 13.2)

2, 3 No connection

4 Beeper control signal, low = on

J6 Alternative Manager/Arming Key

1 Row 3 of switch matrix

2, 3 Column 8 of switch matrix

4 Row 4 of switch matrix

J8 Production Test (Factory use only)

J9 DPT Beeper

1 12 VDC from DPT when active

2 Ground from DPT when active

Page 89: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 3-27

System Circuit Boards

Intrinsically Safe Barrier Assembly - 321139(Premier C)

• The intrinsically safe barrier assembly replaces the pulser/handle barrier pipes that are used in the Premier B seriesdispensers.

• Connector pins are defined in Section 4 of this manual.

INTRINSICALLY SAFEBARRIER ASSEMBLY

TO MOTHERBOARD(SEE CONFIGURATIONSON NEXT PAGE)

TO HANDLES &PULSERS (SEECONFIGURATIONSON NEXT PAGE)

The Intrinsically SafeBarrier Assembly doesnot have any serviceableparts and must bereplaced as anassembly.

See next page for handleand pulser connectorsconfigurations. Thelocations for plugging inthe harnesses depend onthe configuration of theassembly that you have.

INTRINSICALLY SAFEBARRIER ASSEMBLY

TOP VIEW

BOTTOM VIEW

OR

Page 90: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual3-28 Form 4817A Version 2.0 May 2000

System Circuit Boards

Intrinsically Safe Barrier Assembly (continued)(Premier C)

Handle and Pulser Connectors Configurations

TOP VIEW

BOTTOM VIEW

RED/BROWN WIRINGBLUE/GREEN WIRING

TOP VIEW

BOTTOM VIEW

VIOLETWIRING

BLUE/GREENWIRING

ORANGEWIRING

RED/BROWNWIRING

TOP VIEW

BOTTOM VIEW

BLUE/GREENRED/BROWNWIRING

ORANGE/YELLOWVIOLET/GRAYWIRING

BLUE/GREENWIRING

ORANGE/YELLOWWIRING

VIOLET/GRAYWIRING

RED/BROWNWIRING

Page 91: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 4-1

Wiring Diagrams

Scope

This section provides various wiring diagrams for Premier B and Cseries dispensers. These diagrams can be used to trace signals throughout adispenser.

Section 4 ContentsH426B-S Suction (Premier B) ........................................................ 4-2H428B-S Suction (Premier B) ........................................................ 4-3H311B/H312B/H322B/H324B-S Suction (Premier B) .................... 4-4Intercom Speaker Wiring (Premier B) ............................................ 4-5Intercom Speaker Wiring (Premier C) ........................................... 4-6Electronics Block Diagram (Premier C) ......................................... 4-7Electronics Block Diagram (Premier B) ......................................... 4-8H413B-R (Premier B) .................................................................... 4-9H426B-R (Premier B) .................................................................. 4-10H311B/H322B/H324B-R (Premier B) ............................................ 4-11H428B-R (Premier B) .................................................................. 4-12H413B-REB (Premier B) ............................................................. 4-13H426B-REB (Premier B) ............................................................. 4-14H322B-B3/B5 (Premier B) ........................................................... 4-15AC Distribution Board Block Diagram (Premier B) ...................... 4-16Premier B System Wiring Diagrams

Mother Board ........................................................................ 4-17Pump Handles & Pulsers - H428B-S .................................... 4-18Pump Handles & Pulsers ...................................................... 4-19Motors & Valves - H428B-S .................................................. 4-20Motors & Valves .................................................................... 4-21Displays ................................................................................ 4-22AC Distribution ...................................................................... 4-23Options Power Supply .......................................................... 4-24Connection Box ..................................................................... 4-24Dispenser Payment Terminal (DPT) ...................................... 4-25INSIGHT Dispenser Payment Terminal - H324B ................... 4-26INSIGHT Dispenser Payment Terminal - H426B ................... 4-27INSIGHT Dispenser Payment Terminal - H426-REB............. 4-28INSIGHT Dispenser Payment Terminal - H428B-R ............... 4-29MaxVac System Wiring Diagram for Non-Blend Dispensers . 4-30MaxVac System Wiring Diagram for Blending Dispensers .... 4-31

Premier C System Wiring DiagramsSystem Wiring Diagram ........................................................ 4-32Intrinsically Safe Barrier Board (H300 Series) ...................... 4-33Intrinsically Safe Barrier Board (H400 Series) ...................... 4-34Intrinsically Safe Barrier Board (H400 Series) ...................... 4-35Displays ................................................................................ 4-36AC Distribution ...................................................................... 4-37MaxVac Vapor Recovery ....................................................... 4-38Standard DPT ....................................................................... 4-39Debit DPT ............................................................................. 4-40INSIGHT DPT ....................................................................... 4-41

Section 4: Wiring Diagrams

Wiring diagrams arenot included forevery conceivablepump wiringconfiguration, but areprovided asa reference

Page 92: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual4-2 Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999

Wiring Diagrams

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

1 2 3 4 5 6

H42

6B-S

(Pre

mie

r B)

Page 93: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 4-3

Wiring Diagrams

H428B-S (Premier B)

320812s6.plt

Page 94: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual4-4 Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999

Wiring Diagrams

H311B-S, H312B-S, H322B-S & H324B-S (Premier B)

Page 95: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 4-5

Wiring Diagrams

Intercom Speaker Wiring (Premier B)

12341234123412341234

INTERCOM JUNCTION BOX

Side B

The Intercom speaker junction box is a round junction box located inside thedispenser in the lower right corner of Side B. To access this junction box, seeConnection Box Access, in Section 2. The intercom connections should bebased upon the manufacturer’s specifications.

Speaker wires Blue is Speaker+inside the Junction box: Violet is Speaker-

J30 on Mother board: Brown is Common(call button) Red is Normally closed

Orange is Normally open

This J30 connector is an output to the intercom for the call button. In orderfor a call button to be part of the operator interface keypad, this circuitrymust be used for the “call” signal.

The operator interface keypad call button (if used) is software controlled.The call button must be programmed to the appropriate keypad button of theoperator interface keypad. This is done by using Mode F29. The keycodefor the call button is “cb”. For additional information on programming thekeypads, please refer to the Programming/Operating Manual, Form 4816, forPremier B.

Page 96: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual4-6 Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999

Wiring Diagrams

! WARNINGHazard of electricalshock. More than onedisconnect switchmay be required tode-energize the device.Open the circuit beforeremoving cover. Keepcover secured whenpower is applied.

Intercom/Speaker Wiring (Premier C)The intercom/speaker wires should be connected based on the intercommanufacturer's specification. Intercom/speaker field wires will be joinedtogether with the dispenser intercom/speaker wires in the dispenserconnection box.

The dispenser call button switch is software controlled. To use the callbutton, program the appropriate keypad button on the operator interfacekeypad. This button is programmed in Mode F29. The keypad function codefor the call button is "cb". For more information, refer to the ProgrammingManual, Form 5871, for Premier C..

Wires to Dispenser Speaker

Blue = Speaker +Violet = Speaker -

Wires to J30 on Dispenser Mother Board (Intercom Call Button)

Brown = CommonRed = Normally Closed Switch PositionOrange = Normally Open Switch Position

Spandrel Lighting Wiring (Premier C)The spandrel lighting wires will be joined together with the AC field wires inthe dispenser connection box. Connect the spandrel lighting earth groundwire to the ground screw in the connection box. A ground screw is located oneither side of the terminal strip in the connection box.

Wires to Spandrel Lighting

Black = ACHWhite = ACCGreen = Earth Ground

There are noconnections to theterminal strip in theconnection box forIntercom/Speakerwiring or Spandrelwiring.

Page 97: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Prem

ier B &

C S

eries Dispensers Technical R

eference Manual

Tokheim C

orporationForm

4817A Version 2.0 A

ugust 1999 Rev. 05/05/00

4-7

Wiring D

iagrams

Electronics B

lock Diagram

(Prem

ier C)

This block diagram

illustrates the signal flow through the U

DC

B electronics

package. Use this block diagram

as a reference when troubleshooting the

Premier C

series dispenser.Console/POS

ExpandedComputerBoard

InterfaceBoard

Operator Interface & Product SelectionKeypads

Both Keypads’ Matrix Signals and Manager/Arming Key Signals

Display Signals

Display Signals

Display Signals

Display Signals

Pulsers

Pulsers

Full Flow Valve

Slow Flow Valve

Motor Relay Control

Pu

lsers

Handles

Handles

Ha

nd

les

BatteryMonitor

TTC TTD

Watchdogand Reset

Battery Test

Manager andArming Keys Display

Board

RelayBoard

MultiplexBoard

Battery

Pulsers Intrinsically SafeBarrier AssemblyHandles

Valves

Suction Pump Motor (Suction)

Motor Control Line (RC)

or

LED Board

Model 67 Interface Box

Page 98: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim C

orporation P

remier B

& C

Series D

ispensers Technical Reference M

anual4-8

Form 4817A

Version 2.0 August 1999 R

ev. 05/05/00

Wiring D

iagrams

Electronics B

lock Diagram

(Prem

ier B)

This block diagram

illustrates the signal flow through the U

DC

B electronics

package. Use this block diagram

as a reference when troubleshooting the

Premier B

series dispenser.

Suction Pump Motor RelayJunction Box (Suction)

Motor Control Line (RC)

orBarrier Conduit

Assembly

Console/POS

ExpandedComputerBoard

InterfaceBoard

Operator Interface & Product SelectionKeypads

Both Keypads’ Matrix Signals and Manager/Arming Key Signals

Display Signals

Display Signals

Display Signals

Display Signals

Pulsers

Pulsers

Full Flow Valve

Slow Flow Valve

Motor Relay Control

Pu

lsers

Handles

Handles

Ha

nd

les

BatteryMonitor

TTC TTD

Watchdogand Reset

Battery Test

Manager andArming Keys Display

Board

RelayBoard

MultiplexBoard

Battery

Pulsers

Handles

Valves

LED Board

Model 67 Interface Box

Page 99: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 4-9

Wiring Diagrams

H41

3B-R

(P

rem

ier B

)

Page 100: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual4-10 Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00

Wiring Diagrams

H42

6B-R

(P

rem

ier B

)

Page 101: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 4-11

Wiring Diagrams

H31

1B-R

, H32

2B-R

& H

324B

-R (

Pre

mie

r B)

Page 102: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual4-12 Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999

Wiring Diagrams

H42

8B-R

(P

rem

ier B

)

Page 103: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 4-13

Wiring Diagrams

H41

3B-R

EB

(P

rem

ier B

)

Page 104: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual4-14 Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999

Wiring Diagrams

H42

6B-R

EB

(Pre

mie

r B)

Page 105: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 4-15

Wiring Diagrams

H32

2B-B

3/B

5 (

Pre

mie

r B)

Page 106: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual4-16 Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999

Wiring Diagrams

30" AC DISTRIBUTION WIRING SCHEMATIC

AC Distribution Block Diagram (Premier B)

Page 107: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Prem

ier B &

C S

eries Dispensers Technical R

eference Manual

Tokheim C

orporationForm

4817A Version 2.0 A

ugust 1999 Rev. 05/05/00

4-17

Wiring D

iagrams

1A & 1B

2A & 2B

3A & 3B

WIRE HARNESS ASSY 421014

VALVESSHOWN ONPAGES 4-20& 4-21

Mother Board (Premier B)

TO HANDLE SWITCHES ANDPULSERS: SEE PAGES 4-18 & 4-19

Page 108: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual4-18 Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999

Wiring Diagrams

Pu

mp

Han

dle

s an

d P

uls

ers

- H42

8B-S

(Pre

mie

r B)

To

Mo

ther

Bo

ard

J3

To

Mo

ther

Bo

ard

J11

To

Mo

ther

Bo

ard

J4

To

Mo

ther

Bo

ard

J12

Page 109: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 4-19

Wiring Diagrams

Pu

mp

Han

dle

s an

d P

uls

ers

(Pre

mie

r B)

To

Mo

ther

Bo

ard

J3

Mo

ther

Bo

ard

J11

Mo

ther

Bo

ard

J4

See

pag

e 4-

16

See

pag

e 4-

16

See

pag

e 4-

16

Page 110: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual4-20 Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999

Wiring Diagrams

Mo

tors

an

d V

alve

s - H

428B

-S (P

rem

ier B

)

Page 111: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 4-21

Wiring Diagrams

Mo

tors

an

d V

alve

s (P

rem

ier B

)

Page 112: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual4-22 Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999

Wiring Diagrams

Dis

pla

ys (P

rem

ier B

)

See

pag

e 4-

17

Page 113: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Prem

ier B &

C S

eries Dispensers Technical R

eference Manual

Tokheim C

orporationForm

4817A Version 1.0 A

ugust 19994-23

Wiring D

iagrams

To Connection BoxSee page 4-23

To DPT B J4See page 4-24

AC Distribution (Premier B)

To DPT A J4See page 4-24

To Options Power Supply J5 See page 4-23

Page 114: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim C

orporation P

remier B

& C

Series D

ispensers Technical Reference M

anual4-24

Form 4817A

Version 1.0 August 1999

Wiring D

iagrams

To DPT Bd. J4 side BSee page 4-24

To AC Distribution Bd. J8See page 4-22

To DPT Bd. J4 side ASee page 4-24

AC DISTRIBUTION BOARD

CONNECTION BOX

Options Power Supply (Premier B)

To DPT B J6See page 4-24

To DPT B J5See page 4-24

To DPT A J7See page 4-25

To DPT A J6See page 4-24

To DPT A J5See page 4-24

To side BCash AcceptorSee page 4-24

Page 115: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Prem

ier B &

C S

eries Dispensers Technical R

eference Manual

Tokheim C

orporationForm

4817A Version 1.0 A

ugust 19994-25

Wiring D

iagrams

To Connection Box

Dispenser Payment Terminal (Premier B)

To Mother Bd. J16See pages 4-16

To Mother Bd. J17See pages 4-16

See page 4-23

To Options P.S. J3See page 4-23

To Options P.S. J3See page 4-23

Page 116: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual4-26 Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999

Wiring Diagrams

H32

4B IN

SIG

HT

Dis

pens

er P

aym

ent T

erm

inal

(Pre

mie

r B)

Page 117: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 4-27

Wiring Diagrams

H42

6B IN

SIG

HT

Dis

pens

er P

aym

ent T

erm

inal

(Pre

mie

r B)

Page 118: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual4-28 Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999

Wiring Diagrams

H42

6-R

EB

INS

IGH

T D

ispe

nser

Pay

men

t Ter

min

al (P

rem

ier B

)

Page 119: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 4-29

Wiring Diagrams

H42

8B-R

INS

IGH

T D

ispe

nser

Pay

men

t Ter

min

al (P

rem

ier B

)

Page 120: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual4-30 Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999

Wiring Diagrams

Max

Vac

Sys

tem

Wir

ing

Dia

gra

m fo

r No

n-B

len

d D

isp

ense

rs (P

rem

ier B

)

Page 121: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 4-31

Wiring Diagrams

Max

Vac

Sys

tem

Wir

ing

Dia

gra

m fo

r B

len

din

g D

isp

ense

rs (P

rem

ier B

)

Page 122: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim C

orporation P

remier B

& C

Series D

ispensers Technical Reference M

anual4-32

Form 4817A

Version 1.0 August 1999

Wiring D

iagrams

System Wiring Diagram (Premier C)

FOR DISPLAYS CONNECTIONSEE PAGE 4-36

FOR HANDLES/PULSERS CONNECTIONSSEE PAGE 4-33, 4-34, & 4-35

SEE PAGE 4-37FORCONNECTIONS

SEE PAGE 4-39FORCONNECTIONS

FOR AC DISTRIBUTIONCONNECTIONS SEE PAGE 4-37

FOR DPTCONNECTIONSSEE PAGE 4-39,4-40, & 4-41

Page 123: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 4-33

Wiring Diagrams

Intr

insi

cally

Saf

e B

arri

er B

oar

d (P

rem

ier C

- H30

0 S

erie

s)

Page 124: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual4-34 Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00

Wiring Diagrams

Intr

insi

cally

Saf

e B

arri

er B

oar

d (P

rem

ier C

- H40

0 S

erie

s)

Page 125: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 4-35

Wiring Diagrams

Intr

insi

cally

Saf

e B

arri

er B

oar

d (P

rem

ier C

- H40

0 S

erie

s)

Page 126: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual4-36 Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999

Wiring Diagrams

Dis

pla

ys (

Pre

mie

r C )

Page 127: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 4-37

Wiring Diagrams

AC

Dis

trib

uti

on

(P

rem

ier C

)

FO

R M

AX

VAC

SE

E P

AG

E 4

-38

CO

NN

EC

TIO

N B

OX

SE

E P

AG

E 4

-32

Page 128: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual4-38 Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999

Wiring Diagrams

Max

Vac

Vap

or R

eco

very

(Pre

mie

r C )

Page 129: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 4-39

Wiring Diagrams

Sta

nd

ard

DP

T (

Pre

mie

r C )

CO

NN

EC

TIO

N B

OX

SE

E P

AG

E 4

-21

Page 130: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual4-40 Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999

Wiring Diagrams

Deb

it D

PT

(P

rem

ier C

)

CO

NN

EC

TIO

N B

OX

SE

E P

AG

E 4

-32

Page 131: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 4-41

Wiring Diagrams

INS

IGH

T D

PT

(P

rem

ier C

)

CO

NN

EC

TIO

NB

OX

SE

E P

AG

E 4

-32

Page 132: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual4-42 Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999

Wiring Diagrams

Page 133: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 5-1

Diagnostics

Scope

This section defines the diagnostic modes available for testing andtroubleshooting the Premier B and C series dispenser.

Section 5 ContentsUsing the Manager Key and Arming Key ....................................... 5-2

Basic Programming ....................................................................... 5-3

Example of Basic Programming .................................................... 5-4

Premier B and C Diagnostic Modes

Mode F11 – View Communications Diagnostics ...................... 5-6

Mode F96 – View Error, State, & Termination Code Histories . 5-7

Mode F97 –Check Operator Keypads & Nozzle Boot Switches ......................................... 5-10

Mode F98 – Initiate Display, DPT, & Product Selection Keypad Diagnostics ............................................ 5-12

Mode F99 – View Software Date Code, CRC Code, and ROM CRC Diagnostic Test ................................. 5-13

Calibrating Dispenser Meters ...................................................... 5-14

Testing Premier Dispenser to Console Communications ............. 5-14

Section 5: Diagnostic Information

Page 134: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual5-2 Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999

Diagnostics

Using the Manager Key

The manager's key is black. It is used to enter and exit manager modes. It canonly be used on side A of the dispenser.

Entering Manager Modes

Place the manager key in the upper left corner of the keyswitch area until afunction number begins blinking on the left side of the money display.Remove the manager key quickly when the blinking starts. One beepindicates that manager modes have been entered.

Exiting Manager Modes

Hold the manager key to the keyswitch area to exit the manager modes. Thedisplays will show the last sale data when the dispenser returns to run mode.

Using the Arming Key

The arming key is red. It is used to arm or disarm the dispenser. The armingkey can be used on both sides of a dispenser.

When the arming key is held on the keyswitch area one tone indicates thatthe dispenser is armed (ready to dispense fuel). Two tones indicate that thedispenser has been disarmed.

Using the Manager Key and Arming Key

A fuel sale cannottake place on adisarmed dispenser

KEYSWITCHAREA

F02 ÓÑ

ÑÓF02

A MANAGER MODE(FUNCTION NUMBER)WILL APPEAR HEREAND BEGIN TO BLINK

PREMIER B

PREMIER C

KEYSWITCHAREA

Page 135: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 5-3

Diagnostics

Basic ProgrammingAll programming is accomplished with the manager key & the programmingbuttons on the operator keypads.

Entering Programming / Manager Modes1. Make certain that all of the nozzles are properly placed into their boots.2. Place the manager key on the keyswitch area.3. Hold it there until a mode number begins to blink and you hear a beep.

If this is not a first time start up, one of the following will appear in themoney/volume displays when entering the manager modes:

F01If there are no problems, F01 will appear requesting level one securitycode entry

1’sIf there is a low or disconnected battery, 1’s will appear. Tap aprogramming button to continue. Call an ASR

F23If there is a problem, F23 will appear. If ERR05 or PASS appear on startup, the battery test will not be done and you will go directly to F23.Check the dispenser programming. You may need to reprogram yourdispenser.

Moving from One Mode to the Next

With the mode number blinking, press and hold a programming button.When the desired mode number appears, release the button. If the modenumber is not blinking, quickly tap any programming button until it begins toblink. If you go past the mode desired, you can backup by pressing a backupbutton.

Changing Parameter Information

Tap any programming button until the desired parameter begins to blink.Press and hold down any programming button until the desired resultsappear.

If you go past the parameter you wanted to change, continue to tap theprogramming button until it wraps around to the desired parameter.

Backup buttons areused to change modenumbers only.

Page 136: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual5-4 Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999

Diagnostics

Example of Basic Programming

Programming Manager’s Mode F02¿ Place the manager key on the keyswitch area.À Hold the manager key onto the keyswitch area until the mode

number begins to blink in the money/volume display and you hear abeep.

Á Depress and hold any programming button to increment the modenumber. Release the programming button upon reaching manager modeF02. Use the backup button(s) to select previous mode numbers. Backupbuttons are shown with a “l” in the illustration below.

 For TDS Plus only, use the product selection keypad (1 x 5) formanager mode programming.

à The bottom number shown in the money/volume display is a counter fornon-zero sales and is a view only parameter. It cannot be selected.

Ä Tap any programming button once to select the next parameter.Å The next parameter selected (blinking) is in the Price Per Unit Volume

display (PPUV). This number shown here indicates the mode settingspeed. Depress and hold any programming button (except a backupbutton) to increment this number. Release the button when the value youwant is reached. A valid entry for the mode setting speed is 0 – 9. Thedefault value for this setting is 5.

A blinking display indicatesthat it is selected.

Backup buttons (“lllll”) areused to change manager modenumbers only. The secondbutton down on the left side ofthe operator interface keypador any CREDIT button (defaultor programmed) is a backupbutton.

Premier B displaysand keypad (notshown) operate thesame as the Premier Cdisplays and keypadshown in theillustration below.

PREMIER C STANDARD DPT DISPLAY

F02 0234

4 X 20 DISPLAY

¿

À Ã

Á

Å

Â

Ä

5

ÓÑ

Page 137: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 5-5

Diagnostics

Example of Basic Programming (continued)

Saving Manager Mode Settings

Manager mode settings are saved when:• Advancing from one mode to the next• Exiting manager’s modes

Exiting Manager Mode

Hold the manager key to the keyswitch area to exit manager mode. Thedisplays will show the last sale data when the dispenser returns to run mode.Manager mode settings are saved.

An illustration ofthe dispenserinterface board islocated in section3 of this manual.

Alternate Exit Procedure

Press the control button on the dispenser interface board (cardcage) for twoseconds. The displays will show the last sale data when the dispenser returnsto run mode. Manager mode settings are saved.

KEYSWITCHAREA

F02 ÓÑ

ÑÓF02

PREMIER B

PREMIER C

KEYSWITCHAREA

Page 138: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual5-6 Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999

Diagnostics

Mode F11 – View Communications Diagnostics and Watchdog Reset Counter

Using this Mode

Mode F11 displays:• a diagnostic percentage of communication that the dispenser

has received from the console• a diagnostic counter for the number of watchdog resets since

the dispenser became active• a diagnostic number which indicates the status of dispenser

to DPT communication for side A and side B.

¿ Mode number F11À Side A to DPT communication number, left digit, 1 = pass, 0 = failÁ Side B to DPT communication number, right digit, 1 = pass, 0 = fail

• 00 = side A failed and side B failed• 01 = side A failed and side B passed• 10 = side A passed and side B failed• 11 = side A passed and side B passed

 Console to Dispenser Communication percentage - Any communicationpercentage other than 000 or 100 indicates an intermittentcommunication condition as shown below. The communicationpercentage range is 000 to 100.• 100 indicates normal operation when connected to a console.• 100 is also displayed if the dispenser is connected to a

controller and F19 is set to stand-alone mode.• 000 indicates that the dispenser communication link is not

established.Ã Watchdog reset counter - Mode F11 watchdog reset count is reset each

time the dispenser is turned on. Normal operation equals 00. Anythingother than 00 indicates possible dispenser processing errors.

Â

100 00 11F11

¿

À Á

Ã

Premier B displays (notshown) provide the sameinformation as shown inthis Premier C illustration.

Page 139: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 5-7

Diagnostics

Mode F96 – View Dispenser Error, State and Termination Code Histories

Mode 96 is used to view the dispenser error history, state history, andtermination code history.

Using this Mode• To alternate between history types, tap a programming

button while the E, S, or c is blinking.• To change the history number, tap a programming button

while the history number is blinking.• To clear all the diagnostic codes, tap a programming button

until the diagnostic code is blinking. Press and hold anyprogramming button until 2 beeps are sounded. This clearsthe memory stack and allows new data to be recorded.

Quick Entry Method: Opening Manager Mode in Mode F96

Press and hold programming button 1 or 13 (Cash [cA] and Credit [cr] on theDefault Keypad Layout), or the top right softkey on the INSIGHT™ DPTkeypad while entering the manager modes. Manager Mode will start withMode F96. This quick entry method allows access to modes F96 through F99(diagnostic modes) without entering a level 1 or level 2 security code.

¿ Mode number F96À Dispenser address range: 01 – 16Á History type

• E = Error histories: shows the last 16 dispensererrors that have occurred.

• S = State histories: shows the last 64 dispenser statesthat have occurred.

• c = Termination code histories: shows the last 64dispenser sale termination codes that have occurred.

 History number (Default = 00)• Error range: 00 – 15• State range: 00 – 63.• Termination code range: 00 – 63

à Diagnostic Code (Default = 00)

If there is a problemand you need to callthe Tokheim SolutionCenter, be prepared toprovide the history’sdiagnostic code. Afterselecting theappropriate Historytype (E,S, or c), andHistory number, thediagnostic code willappear.

X01 00F96 01

¿ À

Á Ã

Â

Premier B displays (notshown) provide the sameinformation as shown inthis Premier C illustration.

Page 140: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual5-8 Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999

Diagnostics

050201

06050201

00

01

02

Two more errors are added to thestate history record. The mostrecent code onto the stack (05,in this example) is now historynumber 00.

00

01

02

03The first state code is addedto the state history record. Itis given history number 00.As more state codes are addedto this record, this historynumber will increment up to amaximum of 63.

00 01

As more state codes are added tothe state history record, thehistory numbers continue toincrement (the oldest has thelargest history number).

Mode F96 – View Dispenser Error, State and Termination Code Histories (continued)

Error history is a record stored in memory of dispenser errors as they occur.The most recent error added to the record is always history number 00.Previously stored errors have their history number incremented by one foreach new error added to the record. See error history example below.

State history is a record stored in memory of dispenser state conditions asthey occur. Each state the dispenser goes through (idle, dispensing, halted,etc.) is recorded by a code number. See the chart on the next page. The statecodes are viewed by selecting the history number desired. The most recentstate code added to the record is always history number 00. The state codewhich was added to the record before 00 is 01, and so on, up to 63 previousentries. See state history example below.

Termination Code is a record stored in memory of sale terminations at thedispenser. These codes are recorded the same way as state history codes.

Error History Example

HistoryNumber Code Error Code

HistoryNumberCode Error Code

HistoryNumber Code Error Code

00

The first error code is addedto the error history record. Itis given history number 00. Asmore error codes are added tothis record, this historynumber will increment to amaximum of 15.

00

01

02

00

01

02

03

09323331

323331

31

As more errors are added to theerror history record, the historynumbers continue to increment(with the oldest code having thelargest history number).

Two more errors are added to theerror history record. The mostrecent code onto the stack (32,in this example) is now historynumber 00.

·µ ¶

Definitions of errorcodes can be foundin Section 6.

HistoryNumber Code State Code

HistoryNumberCode State Code

HistoryNumber Code State Code

State History Example

Þ ÞHISTORYSEQUENCE

Page 141: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 5-9

Diagnostics

State codes (S) defined

Diagnostic Termination codes (c) defined

StateCode Brief Description

00 Status = 2F, Dispenser is not initialized

01 Dispenser is idle, handle is down

02 Dispenser is idle, handle is up

03 Status = A0, handle is up, waiting cash approval

04 Status = A1, handle is up, waiting credit approval

(c)Code

Brief Description

01 Normal sale termination

02 No pulse timeout

03 Controller blend ratio mismatch

04 Undefined

05 Blender pulser overflow

06 Blender error

07 Blender pulser disconnect

08 Power loss

09 Stop button pressed

10 Cannot read phase 0 buffer

11 Cannot read phase 90 buffer

12 Phase 0 to phase 90 > max

Mode F96 – View Dispenser Error, State and Termination Code Histories (continued)

StateCode Brief Description

05 Segment Check

06 Dispenser is running, sale in progress

07 Sale is halted

08 Stopped sale, restartable (soft halt)

09 Terminated sale (hard halt)

(c)Code

Brief Description

13 Controller sale termination

14 DPT sale termination

15 Pulser disconnect

16 Reverse pulser motion

17 Back and forth pulser motion

18 Interference or phase 0 shorted tophase 90

19 Reverse pulser motion

20 High flow rate

21 High flow rate

22 Undefined

23 999.989 maximum delivery exceeded

Page 142: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual5-10 Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999

Diagnostics

Mode F97 – Check Operator Keypads and Nozzle Boot Switches

Mode F97 is used to check the keypad buttons of the operator interface andproduct selection keypads for proper operation. It is also used to check thenozzle boot switches. This mode can be entered by the standard methodusing the security code entry or the quick entry method that does not requiresecurity codes to access – see Mode F96 in this section.

Using this Mode• To test the nozzle boot switches, remove any hose nozzle

(one at a time). “HHHH” will appear in the PPUV displayassigned to that nozzle. Single hose dispensers will show“HHHH” in the PPUV display for product 1.

• To test the keypads, press any keypad button. Thepreassigned number appears at the right side of the moneydisplay.

¿ Mode number F97À Keypad numbers – as keypad buttons are pressed, the preassigned

keypad button number appears on the right side of the money display.See the keypad diagram illustrations on the next page. Side A keypadbutton numbers are displayed on side A when side A keypad buttons arepressed. Side B keypad button numbers are displayed on side B whenside B keypad buttons are pressed.

Á Keypad function code – as keypad buttons are pressed, the keypadfunction code is displayed on the right side of the volume display. Thekeypad function code table on the next page defines the keypad functioncodes (key codes) that will appear. A blank display indicates anundefined keypad button.

 The hose nozzle (handle) indicator is displayed on the dispenser side inwhich the nozzle is removed from the boot. “HHHH” will appear in thecash display of the same product as the hose nozzle that is removed.

P2

HHHH

F97 27¿ À

Á

ÂPremier B displays (notshown) provide the sameinformation as shown inthis Premier C illustration.

Page 143: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 5-11

Diagnostics

Mode F97 – Check Operator Keypads and Nozzle Boot Switches (continued)

Keycode Displayed Press Keypad Button

0 - 9 0 - 9

cA Cash/Start

cr Credit

P1 Product 1

P2 Product 2

P3 Product 3

P4 Product 4

P5 Product 5

SP Stop

cP Currency Present

uP Units Present

cL Clear

cb Call / Help

Sb

Alternate Push-to-Start(only programmed if sitecontroller supports thisfeature)

KEYPAD FUNCTION CODES PRODUCT SELECTION KEYPAD KEY NUMBERS

25 292826 27

OPERATOR INTERFACE KEYPAD NUMBERS(KEYPAD NUMBERS 7 & 19 ARE NOT USED)

18

12

24

61

20

8

4

17

5

11

23 21

15

22

16

10

3

9

13

2

14

INSIGHT DPT SOFTKEYS KEY NUMBERS

5455565758

4950515253

Page 144: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual5-12 Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999

Diagnostics

Mode F98 – Initiate Display, DPT, and Product Selection Keypad Diagnostics

This mode is used to check the money/volume and PPUV displays for properoperation. This mode also initiates diagnostic mode for DPTs if present (seesections 7 & 8 for DPT diagnostics).

Using this Mode• Tap any programming button to begin the diagnostics. The

Money/Volume and PPUV display in sequence 0’s through9’s for all digits until the mode is exited. Arrows anddecimals appear with every odd digit displayed.

• Press any button on the Product Selection Keypad to test thekeypad buttons. A tone is heard when a button is pressed.

• To exit this mode and proceed to mode F99, hold themanager's key to the keyswitch area.

¿ Mode number F98À Money/Volume and PPUV displays – All digits in these displays

increment from 0 thru 9.Á Product Selection Keypad – A tone is heard when a Product Selection

Keypad button is pressed.

Premier B displays (notshown) provide the sameinformation as shown inthis Premier C illustration.

F98

000000

0000

000000

¿

00000000 0000

00000000

À

Á

Page 145: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 5-13

Diagnostics

Mode F99 – View Software Date Code, CRC Code and ROM CRC Diagnostic Test

This mode is used to view the dispenser software date code and the results ofthe cyclical redundancy check (CRC). The date code and CRC code helps toidentify a dispenser type along with its model number. The CRC test verifiesthe CPU board program memory is valid.

Using this Mode• Tap any programming button to begin the diagnostics. The P

(Pass) or F (Fail) in the money display indicates whether theCPU board passed or failed the CRC test. When thecomputed CRC and stored CRC codes do not match, theCRC code test has failed.

• The software date code is the release date of the softwareinstalled. It appears in the Volume display and is shown inmm/dd/yy format.

• To exit this mode and proceed to mode F99, hold themanager's key to the keyswitch area.

¿ Mode number F99À The P(Pass) or F(Fail) in the money display indicates whether the CPU

board program memory passed or failed the CRC test.Á The software date code is the release date of the software installed. It is

shown in mm/dd/yy format.

 Computed CRC code – A “view only” parameter that represents thecomputed results of the CRC test.

à Stored CRC code – A “view only” parameter that represents the storedvalue of the CPU board’s program memory CRC code.

020394

F02A

F99 P¿ À

Á

Ã

ÂF02A

Premier B displays (notshown) provide the sameinformation as shown inthis Premier C illustration.

Page 146: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual5-14 Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00

Diagnostics

Testing Premier Dispenser to Console Communications

TTD and TTC are acronyms for Talk To Dispenser and Talk To Consolesignals respectively. The next page describes the locations where TTD andTTC communications can be tested. Use a reliable multimeter to takemeasurements.

When measuring DC Volts, connect the black (-) probe to DCC nearest to thepoint where the voltage reading is taken.

The green connector referred to in the table on the next page refers to theTTD/TTC/DCC green connector in the 67 box. Some connectors on the 67box interface (I/F) boards have the communication signals labeled on the endof the connector where the wires are inserted. The labels are not visibleunless the connector is unplugged. See connector illustration below forsignal locations.

Testing Dispenser Meters for Calibration

1. Enter manager mode F17 to set the maximum delivery amount allowedby the dispenser.

2. Set the maximum delivery to the amount desired for the calibration test.3. Enter manager mode F18 to set the slow flow offset for the dispenser.4. Set and/or verify the slow flow offset desired.5. Return to the run mode.6. Begin a sale with the dispenser.7. Check the measured value against the value set in manager mode F17.8. Compare the results against your state and local regulations and calibrate

the meter if required. Refer to the meter calibration procedure in theTokheim Hydraulic System Home Study course video.

9. After the completion of the test, reset the maximum delivery and theslow flow offset values to the desired values for normal operation.

TTD

DCCTTC

GREENCONNECTOR

67 BOX INTERFACE BOARD

Meter Calibration:Refer to the MeterCalibrationProcedure in theTokheim HydraulicSystem Home StudyCourse StudentWorkbook andVideo.Make sure the meterhas gone throughit’s break-in period.

Page 147: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 5-15

Diagnostics

Instructions

TTD CircuitGreen LED on the

Interface Board(LED 2)

TTC CircuitYellow LED on the

Interface Board(LED 1)

Set the multimeter to measure DC Volts.With everything connected together andpower on, measure voltage.

approx. 2.25 VDC

LED blinking

approx. .20 - .44 VDC

LED blinking

Disconnect the green plug in the 67 Box,measure voltage on the wires going to thedispenser.

approx. 12 VDC

LED on

approx. .05 VDC

LED on

Reconnect the green plug in the 67 Box.Disconnect the console and attach thedummy plug to the 67 Box. Measure at thegreen plug in the 67 Box.

approx. .75 VDC

LED off

approx. .10 VDC

LED on

Test TTD - Disconnect the green plug inthe 67 box and check the TTD LED.Short TTD to DCC on the green plug.Check the LED. Reconnect the green plugin the 67 box when done.

LED on

LED off

Disconnect J19 from the dispenser Motherboard, check LED.Short pin 1 to pin 2, check LED.

LED onLED off

Test TTC - Set the multimeter to measureresistance (ohms). Put the black probe onpin 2 of J19, and put the red probe on pin3 of J19.

Multimeter should show approx. 1500 - 2000 ohms

TP2

13

1

12

5

1

2

3

J19IN-LINE

CONNECTOR

2

3

1

J-BOX

67 BOXGREEN CONNECTOR(SEE ILLUSTRATIONON THE OPPOSITEPAGE FOR SIGNALLOCATIONS)

TTD

DCC

TTC

+12 VDC

DISPENSERINTERFACEBOARD

FIELDWIRINGDISPENSER WIRING

8

9

7

Testing Premier Dispenser to Console Communications (continued)

• TP2 (Test Point 2) is located on the Interface Board. Seepages 3-6 and 3-7.

• J19 is located on the Mother Board. See sections 3 and 4 forMother board diagrams.

• The In-line Connector is the connector that joins wireharness 319588 to 319589 (Premier B). See page 4-17.

• The J-Box is the junction box in the hydraulics cabinet ofthe dispenser. See section 2 for junction box drawings.

• The 67 box is usually located in the back office at the site.

Page 148: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual5-16 Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00

Diagnostics

Page 149: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 6-1

Troubleshooting Tips

Section 6: Error Message Handling &Troubleshooting Tips

Scope

This section includes information to assist in diagnosing error messages andtroubleshooting Premier B and C series dispensers. If the problemsencountered cannot be corrected using the information in this section, pleasecall the Tokheim Solution Center at 800-866-6762.

Service parts can be ordered by calling (219) 470-4710.

Error codes appear in the volume display of the dispenser when a problemis detected. Refer to the following pages for descriptions of the errors andcorrective actions.

All errors except 04, 41, 42, 43, and 44 are reset by removing and replacinga nozzle or by entering and exiting manager modes.

Section 6 Contents (for Premier B & C series dispensers)Logic Sequence to Dispenser Repair ............................................ 6-2

Circuit Board Signal Flow Block Diagram (Premier B) .................. 6-2

Circuit Board Signal Flow Block Diagram (Premier C) .................. 6-3

ERR 01 – ERR 09 ......................................................................... 6-4

ERR 3x – ERR 13.......................................................................... 6-5

ERR 14 – ERR 21 ......................................................................... 6-6

ERR 22 – ERR 27 ......................................................................... 6-7

ERR 39 & ERR 49 ......................................................................... 6-8

Page 150: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual6-2 Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999

Troubleshooting Tips

Logic Sequence to Dispenser Repair (Premier B & C)

1. Is the electronics enclosure fan running?• If the fan is running, AC power is present in the dispenser.• If the fan is not running, find the reason for an open AC

circuit to the dispenser electronics.

2. Determine if the dispenser programming is correct.Check the following modes:

Mode 11 Communication DiagnosticsMode 19 Dispenser Function CodeMode 23 Set Dispenser ParametersMode 98 Display, DPT, and Product Selection Keypad

DiagnosticsMode 99 Software Diagnostics

3. Check test points on circuit boards.Check the test points on the circuit boards to determine if the proper voltagesare present. See Section 3 – System Boards for locations of test points.

Circuit Board Signal Flow Block Diagram (Premier B)

Barrier Conduit Assembly

Console/POS

ExpandedComputerBoard

InterfaceBoard

Operator Interface & Product SelectionKeypads

Both Keypads’ Matrix Signals and Manager/Arming Key Signals

Display Signals

Display Signals

Display Signals

Display Signals

Pulsers

Pulsers

Full Flow Valve

Slow Flow Valve

Motor Relay Control

Pu

lsers

Handles

Handles

Ha

nd

les

BatteryMonitor

TTC TTD

Watchdogand Reset

Battery Test

Manager andArming Keys Display

Board

RelayBoard

MultiplexBoard

Battery

Pulsers

Handles

Valves

Suction SystemProduct Relayto Suction Motor

LED Board

Model 67 Interface Box

Page 151: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 6-3

Troubleshooting Tips

Circuit Board Signal Flow Block Diagram (Premier C)

Console/POS

ExpandedComputerBoard

InterfaceBoard

Operator Interface & Product SelectionKeypads

Both Keypads’ Matrix Signals and Manager/Arming Key Signals

Display Signals

Display Signals

Display Signals

Display Signals

Pulsers

Pulsers

Full Flow Valve

Slow Flow Valve

Motor Relay Control

Pu

lsers

Handles

Handles

Ha

nd

les

BatteryMonitor

TTC TTD

Watchdogand Reset

Battery Test

Manager andArming Keys Display

Board

RelayBoard

MultiplexBoard

Battery

Pulsers Intrinsically SafeBarrier AssemblyHandles

Valves

Suction SystemProduct Relayto Suction Motor

LED Board

Model 67 Interface Box

Page 152: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual6-4 Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00

Troubleshooting Tips

Dispenser Error Codes (Premier B & C)An error code is displayed in the volume display when the dispenser detectsa problem. If your dispenser is equipped with the MaxVac Vapor RecoverySystem, refer to Section 8 if error codes 23, 24, or 31 thru 34 are displayedby your dispenser AND an error LED is on. The LEDs are located either onthe Multiplex board (non-blend dispensers) or on the Blend Control board(blender dispensers).

ERROR CODEDESCRIPTION OF

ERRORCORRECTIVE ACTION

ERR 02

The security code enteredin mode F13 is invalid.

The security code enteredin Mode E01 is invalid.

The correct code must be enteredto gain access to level 2 modes.

The correct security code must beentered to access level 3 modes.

ERR 04

For blenders only:The number of bad saleshas reached the bad salelimit as programmed inmanager's mode F21.

Make certain that a zero is notprogrammed in mode F21. To clearthis error, the dispenser must bepowered down and restarted.

ERR 05

A memory (RAM) test failedon power up.The dispenser may havebeen powered downimproperly (having adisconnected battery etc.).

When this error occurs, check allprogrammed variables. Use themanager key to enter the managermodes and correct any values thatmight have changed.

ERR 08

When a low battery (stillcapable of retainingmemory) is detected, thiserror appears one minuteafter power up or after fourconsecutive battery tests,performed hourly.

This error can be disabled byentering and exiting managermodes. However, if the battery isstill low, this error will reappear 1minute after the next power up.

ERR 09

When a critically low battery(one that may not storesales data) is detected, thiserror appears one minuteafter power up or after fourconsecutive battery tests,performed hourly.

This error can be disabled byentering and exiting the managermodes while the error is displayed.However, if the battery is stillcritically low, this error will reappear1 minute after the next power up.This error should be servicedimmediately because sales datacould be lost.

Page 153: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 6-5

Troubleshooting Tips

Dispenser Error Codes (continued)ERR 11 – Err 26 appear on Blender dispensers only.

ERROR CODEDESCRIPTION OF

ERRORCORRECTIVE ACTION

Dispensers equipped with the MaxVac Vapor Recovery System:If error codes 31 thru 34 are displayed AND a Multiplex Board LED is on,make sure that the power supply for the MaxVac option is on.

ERR 3x(Err 31, 32, 33, & 34)

Note: Err 3x and 4x willappear on the side ofthe dispenser that hasthe problem.

The number ofdispenser errors forhose (x) has reachedthe dispenser errorlimits as programmedin manager modeF21. The sale isterminated as a badsale.

Make certain that a zero is notprogrammed in mode F21. This modeindicates a potential problem with theInterface board, multiplex board, apulser, pulser barrier board, pulserharness, or electrical interference.

ERR 4x(Err 41, 42, 43, & 44)

The number of badsales for hose (x) hasreached the bad salelimit as programmedin manager modeF21.

Make certain zero is not programmedin mode F21. To clear this error, thedispenser must be powered down andrestarted.

ERR 11Product 1 used forblending isdispensing too slowly.

This error indicates dirty strainerscreens and filter.

ERR 12Product 2 used forblending isdispensing too slowly.

This error indicates dirty strainerscreens and filter.

ERR 13Product 1 used forblending is notdispensing.

This error indicates a defectivesubmerged pump circuit, the impactvalve under the dispenser, or a blendcontroller board.

Page 154: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual6-6 Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00

Troubleshooting Tips

Dispenser Error Codes (continued)ERR 11 – Err 26 appear on Blender dispensers only.

ERROR CODEDESCRIPTION OF

ERRORCORRECTIVE ACTION

ERR 14Product 2 used forblending is notdispensing.

Indicates a defective submergedpump circuit, the impact valve underthe dispenser, or a blend controllerboard.

ERR 15

Product 1 used forblending is uncontrollablebecause of severepressure fluctuations.

Indicates dirty strainer screens andfilters.

ERR 16

Product 2 used forblending is uncontrollablebecause of severepressure fluctuations.

Indicates dirty strainer screens andfilters. E

ERR 18Product 2 is leaking intoproduct 1 when onlyproduct 1 is called for.

Indicates a bad blender valve or acheck valve.

ERR 19Product 1 is leaking intoproduct 2 when onlyproduct 2 is called for.

An indication of a bad blender valveor a check valve.

ERR 20No communication withblend co-processor.

This error indicates a potentialproblem with the Computer (CPU)board, Blend Controller board,Blend Co-processor EPROM, or aMother board. Power down, thenpower up the dispenser.

ERR 21

The number of dispensererrors for product 1 hasreached the dispensererror limit asprogrammed in managermode F21. The sale isterminated as a bad sale.

This error indicates a potentialproblem with the Blend Controllerboard, Interface board, a pulser,pulser barrier board, pulserharness, or electrical interference.

Page 155: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 6-7

Troubleshooting Tips

Dispenser Error Codes (continued)ERR 11 – Err 26 appear on Blender dispensers only.

ERROR CODEDESCRIPTION OF

ERRORCORRECTIVE ACTION

ERR 22

The number of dispensererrors for product 2 hasreached the dispensererror limit asprogrammed in managermode F21. The sale isterminated as a bad sale.

This error indicates a potentialproblem with the Blend Controllerboard, Interface board, a pulser,pulser barrier, pulser harness, orelectrical interference.

Dispensers equipped with the MaxVac Vapor Recovery System:If error codes 23 or 24 are displayed AND a Blend Control Board LED is on, besure that the power supply is on for the MaxVac option.

ERR 23Product 1 pulser isdisconnected.

This error indicates a disconnectedor defective pulser, or a potentialproblem with the pulser harness orpulser barrier.

ERR 24Product 2 pulser isdisconnected.

This error indicates a disconnectedor defective pulser, or a potentialproblem with the pulser harness orpulser barrier.

ERR 25

The operator hasattempted to dispenseproduct from a blendhose with the blend ratioset to the default value(non).

A valid blend ratio must beprogrammed in mode F26 beforefuel can be dispensed from theblend hose.

ERR 26

The blend ratio in thedispenser does notmatch the blend ratio inthe console for that hose.

The blend ratio must be changed inmode F26 or in the console beforefuel can be dispensed from theblend hose.

ERR 27

Upper limit on flow ratehas been reached. Erroroccurs on extremelyexcessive flow rates.

Raise a handle to clear error.

Page 156: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual6-8 Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999

Troubleshooting Tips

Dispenser Error Codes (continued)ERR 39 & Err 49 only appear in dispensers with version QAdispenser software.

ERROR CODEDESCRIPTION OF

ERRORCORRECTIVE ACTION

ERR 39

For Premier B /Wayne Retroheads

Only

Difficullty in authorizingfuel sales from a hosecontroller. This is aDiagnostic Error Codeand can only be viewedin mode F96.The hose controller issending an invalidmaximum deliveryamount (000.00) and thedispenser is notaccepting the saleauthorization. An Err 39is recorded only in theerror history in modeF96.

Enter mode F96 and verify that anErr39 has occured. Contact youASR for an Engineering evaluationof the problem.

ERR 49

For Premier B /Wayne Retroheads

Only

Preset sales overshootor undershoot desiredamount. Calculations bythe site controller resultsin maximum deliveryerrors on some presetsales. This is anindication of a flaw in thesite controller software.An Err 49 is recordedonly in the error history inmode F96.

Enter mode F96 and verify an Err49 has occured. Contact you ASRfor an Engineering evaluation of theproblem.

Page 157: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 7-1

Standard DPT

Section 7: PREMIER STANDARD DPT (Premier B & C)Scope

This section contains technical information on the standard Dispenser PaymentTerminals (DPT) for Premier B & C series dispensers. It includes information ondiagnostic tests, troubleshooting, and communications settings for the followingstandard DPTs.

• Standard DPT (includes Gasboy DPT)• Standard DPT with TDS (Tokheim Debit System)• Standard DPT with TDS Plus

GeneralThe DPT allows a customer to perform cash or credit transactions at thedispenser without entering the store or interacting with a cashier.The Tokheim Debit System (TDS or TDS Plus) option allows the customer toperform debit transactions at the dispenser.The DPT is linked to a Site Controller via the Model 69 Interface Box usingRS-485 communication protocols. See the block diagrams of the standard DPTtypes included in this section.The following table provides the DPT controller board and software required forthe three types of standard DPTs:

Section 7 ContentsComponent List for Standard DPT Assemblies (Premier B & C) .... 7-2Subassembly Orientation (Premier B) .......................................... 7-2Subassembly Orientation (Premier C) .......................................... 7-3Standard DPT Information (Premier B & C) ................................... 7-4Standard DPT with TDS Information (Premier B & C) .................... 7-9Standard DPT with TDS Plus Information (Premier B & C) .......... 7-13DPT Diagnostics (Premier B & C) ................................................ 7-18Troubleshooting Standard DPT Problems (Premier B & C) .......... 7-21Changing Paper on a Tear-Bar Printer (Premier B) ...................... 7-27Changing Paper on a Standard Printer (Premier C) ..................... 7-29Clearing a Paper Jam on a Standard Printer (Premier C) ............ 7-30Cash Acceptor

Lock Assemblies (Premier B & C) ......................................... 7-32Access to the Cash Acceptor Cassette (Premier B) .............. 7-33Removing the Cash Acceptor (Premier B) ............................ 7-33Access to the Cash Acceptor Cassette (Premier C) .............. 7-34Removing the Cash Acceptor (Premier C) ............................ 7-34Dip Switches on the Cash Acceptor (Premier B & C) ............ 7-35Card Reader Cleaning Procedure (Premier B & C) .............. 7-36

Adjusting Contrast of 4 x 20 DPT Display (Premier B & C) .......... 7-36

IMPORTANTBe aware that staticelectricity can resultin circuit boardfailure. Precautions toprevent staticdischarge should betaken prior totouching a circuitboard.

For INSIGHTDPTs, seeSection 8

Type of DispenserPayment Terminal

DPT ControllerBoard number

DPT Controller BoardSoftware version #

Standard DPT 420929-4 JP.02.18.00+

Standard DPT with TDS420929-13 (Premier C)420929-10 (Premier B)

MT.QD.01.00+ (Premier C)MT.QD.02.00+ (Premier B)

Standard DPT with TDS Plus 421844-1 MT.03.01.00+

Page 158: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual7-2 Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00

Standard DPT

Component List for Standard DPT AssembliesIncludes Standard DPT with TDS & TDS Plus and GasboyDPT (Premier B & C)

A Standard DPT assembly consists of a Controller board and may contain any ofthe peripheral devices listed below.

• Audio Transducer (beeper)• Card Reader• Cash Acceptor (Standard DPT and Standard DPT with TDS Plus only)• Customer Display• Printer• Keypad• Secure Pin Pad (Standard DPT with TDS Plus only)

Subassembly Orientation - Standard DPT AssembliesIncludes Standard DPT with TDS & with TDS Plus andGasboy DPT (Premier B)

Non-DPT Panel(used when no DPT is present)

Cash AcceptorCassette

Cash Acceptor

DPT ControllerBoard

DPT Printer

Premier CDispenser Head

OR

DPT DialAssembly

Premier B (45")

Page 159: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 7-3

Standard DPT

Subassembly Orientation - Standard DPT AssembliesIncludes Standard DPT with TDS & with TDS Plus andGasboy DPT (Premier C)

Premier C (30")

Premier C (45")

DPT Printer(attached to backof door)

DPTControllerBoard

CashAcceptor

DPTControllerBoards

Handle/PulserBarrier Assembly

MaxVacSystemBoards

Page 160: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual7-4 Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00

Standard DPT

Test PointNumber

Description

TP1 Main input power; 23.5 to 24.5 VDC

TP2 Paper cutter power; 23.5 to 24.5 VDC

TP3 Printer power; 19.75 to 21.5 VDC

TP4 Unregulated logic power; 7.25 to 11 VDC

TP5Battery voltage; DPT on = TP6 voltageDPT off = 3 to 3.4 VDC

TP6 Regulated logic power; 4.75 to 5.25 VDC

TP7 Display contrast adjust voltage; -4.75 to -5 VDC

TP8 Gnd; System DCC

Connector and Test Point Locations

DPT Block Diagram (Premier B & C)

BUZZER

PAPERCUTTER

PAPERSENSOR PRINTER

CONTROLBOARD

PRINTER

4 X 20DISPLAY

CASHACCEPTOR

CARDREADER OPTIONS

POWER SUPPLY

DPT BOARD420929-4J2

J1

J8

J7

J9 J11 J12

J4

J5

J10

J6

DISPENSERSIDE "A"

J3 J2 J1 J8

J7

J6J5J4

DPT BOARD420929-4

DISPENSERSIDE "B"

69 INTERFACE BOX J4

J5MOTHER BOARD

ASSEMBLY J17J16

To Circuit Breakers

Blender Powersides A & B

TRANSFORMER

AC Power fromAC Distribution board J14

240V

120V

TO POS / SITECONTROLLER

Note: Jumpers JU1 & JU4 aresoldered and are not meant to beconfigured in the field

SW2

J3J2J12J7J8J1

J9 J4 J6J11J5J10

LED 4, 5, 6, 7

LED 1 LED 2

LED 3

LED 8

Page 161: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 7-5

Standard DPT

Jumper and Switch Locations (Premier B & C)DPT Controller Board - 420929

Reference the jumper illustrations on the left and the jumper locations on thecontroller board shown above.Factory settings: Highlighted areas in the table below

Jumper Settings

JUMPER DESCRIPTION PINS 1&2 PINS 2&3 OPEN

JU5 WATCHDOG* ENABLED -------------------- DISABLED

JU6 Normally open; when pins 1&2 are enabled, DPT enters diagnositcs.

JU7 Normally open; AC low power detect is not used.

JU8 BATTERY** DISABLED ENABLED --------------------

JU9*** SITE CONTROLLERCOMMUNICATIONS HALF DUPLEX FULL DUPLEX --------------------

JU10*** SITE CONTROLLERCOMMUNICATIONS HALF DUPLEX FULL DUPLEX --------------------

JU11*** SITE CONTROLLERCOMMUNICATIONS HALF DUPLEX FULL DUPLEX --------------------

JU12 SITE CONTROLLERCOMMUNICATIONS -------------------- -------------------- HALF DUPLEX

*The watchdog is the power supervision of the CPU board and should be enabled

**The battery is the DPT, CPU board, RAM backup.

***These jumpers configure the CPU board for full or half duplex.

1 2 3 1 2 3

12

JU12

.

JU11

32

1

JU5

2 1

1 2 JU8

12

3

2 1

JU10JU9

JU7JU6

JU5 JU9 JU10 JU12 JU11

U13

SW1

SW2

Depressing SW2initiates a hard reset tothe DPT controllerboard processor andcauses the dipswitchsettings of SW1 to beread.

Page 162: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual7-6 Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00

Standard DPT

Switch Settings (Premier B & C)

SW1, Switch Positions 3 thru 7DPT Address settings Site Controller COMM 1 Port

Factory settings:Side A = address 1Side B = address 2

IMPORTANT:Depending on the site controller used, these DPT AddressSettings and the Dispenser Address Settings MUST match.

SWITCH POSITIONADDRESS

3 4 5 6 7 (1-16)

ON ON ON ON ON 1

OFF ON ON ON ON 2

ON OFF ON ON ON 3

OFF OFF ON ON ON 4

ON ON OFF ON ON 5

OFF ON OFF ON ON 6

ON OFF OFF ON ON 7

OFF OFF OFF ON ON 8

ON ON ON OFF ON 9

OFF ON ON OFF ON 10

ON OFF ON OFF ON 11

OFF OFF ON OFF ON 12

ON ON OFF OFF ON 13

OFF ON OFF OFF ON 14

ON OFF OFF OFF ON 15

OFF OFF OFF OFF ON 16

SWITCH POSITIONADDRESS

3 4 5 6 7 (17-32)

ON ON ON ON OFF 17

OFF ON ON ON OFF 18

ON OFF ON ON OFF 19OFF OFF ON ON OFF 20

ON ON OFF ON OFF 21

OFF ON OFF ON OFF 22

ON OFF OFF ON OFF 23

OFF OFF OFF ON OFF 24

ON ON ON OFF OFF 25

OFF ON ON OFF OFF 26

ON OFF ON OFF OFF 27

OFF OFF ON OFF OFF 28

ON ON OFF OFF OFF 29OFF ON OFF OFF OFF 30

ON OFF OFF OFF OFF 31

OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 32

GASBOY ONLYSW1, Switch Positions 1 and 8Printer and Display Settings

SW1, Switch Positions 1 and 8DPT Communication Rate Settings

RS-485 COMMUNICATION RATE SET BY SWITCH SW1

SWITCH POS 1 SWITCH POS 8UDC COMM2 PORT SITE CNTRLR COMM1 PORT

COMM RATE (BPS) COMM RATE (BPS)

PREMIER

ON 19,200 ON 4800

OFF not used OFF 9600

Factory Settings:1 = ON8 = OFF

Factory Settings: Side A = ONSide B = OFF

SW1, Switch Position 2DPT Dispenser SideUDC COMM2 PORT

SWITCH POS. 2 ADDRESS

ON = (Side A) 1

OFF = (Side B) 2

PRINTER AND DISPLAY TYPE SET BY SWITCH SW1

SWITCH POSITION 1PRINTER TYPE

SWITCH POSITION 8DISPLAY TYPE

ON TEAR BAR ON 4 LINE

OFFCUTTER

BAROFF 2 LINE

Page 163: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 7-7

Standard DPT

Controller Board Connectors (Premier B & C)

J1 Beeper Connector1 - Regulated +12 VDC2 - Beeper On/Off

J2 Printer Control/Data Connector1 - Data write command signal 17 - No Connection2 - Bit 0 data 18 - System DCC, low paper sensor3 - Bit 1 data 19 - System DCC, printer power supply4 - Bit 2 data 20 - System DCC, printer power supply5 - Bit 3 data 21 - +20 VDC printer power supply6 - Bit 4 data 22 - +20 VDC printer power supply7 - Bit 5 data 23 - +24 VDC paper cutter power8 - Bit 6 data 24 - Relay active signal (to start paper cutter)9 - Bit 7 data 25 - Home position signal for paper cutter

10 - No Connection 26 - No Connection11 - +5 VDC printer logic power 27 - Paper low sensor (active low)12 - +5 VDC printer logic power 28 - Data busy (active low)13 - No Connection 29 - Out of paper signal (active low)14 - System DCC, printer logic power 30 - Data received by printer signal (active low)15 - System DCC, printer logic power 31 - Printer error condition signal (active low)16 - System DCC, paper cutter 32 - Reset printer signal (active low)

J3 LED Backlight Connector1 - Unregulated +8 VDC2 - System DCC

J4 Site Controller Port Connector1 - System DCC2 - System DCC3 - +RS-485 (non-inverting) differential signal4 - -RS-485 (inverting) differential signal

J5 UDC Port Connector1 - System DCC2 - System DCC3 - +RS-485 (non-inverting) differential signal4 - -RS-485 (inverting) differential signal

J6 Main Power Connector1 - Regulated +24 VDC (23.5 to 24.5)2 - Unregulated +8VDC (8 to 12.5)3 - System DCC

J7 Cash Acceptor Connector1 - Cash Acceptor DCC, opto isolated 3 - Cash Acceptor transmit, opto isolated2 - Cash Acceptor +5VDC, opto isolated 4 - Cash Acceptor receive, opto isolated

Page 164: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual7-8 Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00

Standard DPT

J8 Display Board Connector1 - +5 VDC power (4.75 to 5.25) 9 - Data signal bit 32 - System DCC 10 - Data signal bit 23 - Register select for display board 11 - Data signal bit 54 - Contrast control (-5 to +2.5 VDC) 12 - Data signal bit 45 - Upper 2 x 20 display decode signal 13 - Data signal bit 76 - Read/Write signal (R=1, W=0) 14 - Data signal bit 67 - Data signal bit 1 15 - Lower 2 x 20 display decode signal8 - Data signal bit 0 16 - Display bezel ground, tied to DCC at standoff

J9 Card Reader Connector1 - Active low signal shows card is fully inserted2 - Track 2 card data3 - Active low signal shows card is moving through unit4 - Indicates valid Track 2 data5 - No Connection6 - +5 VDC (4.75 to 5.25) for card reader logic7 - System DCC8 - Indicates valid Track 1 data9 - Track 1 card data

J10 Keypad Connector1 - System DCC 10 - Keypad matrix, row 22 - System DCC 11 - Keypad matrix, row 33 - No Connection 12 - Keypad matrix, row 44 - No Connection 13 - Keypad matrix, row 55 - Keypad matrix, column 1 14 - Keypad matrix, row 66 - Keypad matrix, column 2 15 - Not used7 - Keypad matrix, column 3 16 - Not used8 - Keypad matrix, column 4 17 - Not used9 - Keypad matrix, row 1 18 - Not used

J11 Site Controller Port Connector (Gasboy Interface)1 - System DCC 4 - Differential receive, non-inverting (Rx+)2 - System DCC 5 - Differential transmit, non-inverting (Tx+)3 - Differential receive, inverting (Rx-) 6 - Differential transmit, inverting (Tx-)

J12 Cash Acceptor Switch Sensor Connector1 - Active low signal, detects open security enclosure2 - System DCC

The LED will be on when the described signal is activeLED1 Red Serial data is being received by the DPT from the Cash AcceptorLED2 Green Serial data is being transmitted by the DPT to the Cash AcceptorLED3 Red Diagnostic test signal defined by softwareLED4 Red Receive signal (RS-485) site controller port J4LED5 Green Transmit signal (RS-485) site controller port J4LED6 Red Receive signal (RS-485) UDC port J5LED7 Green Transmit signal (RS-485) UDC port J5LED8 Yellow +5VDC Logic power

Light Emitting Diodes (LED’s)

Controller Board Connectors Defined (continued)

Page 165: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 7-9

Standard DPT

Standard DPT with TDS Block Diagram

Standard DPT with TDS (Premier B & C)

The standard DPT with TDS Controller board (part # 420929-10 for Premier B,and 420929-13 for Premier C) is the same board as the Standard DPT controllerboard (part # 420929-4) with the addition of a battery to retain customer injectioninformation in RAM memory while the dispenser is powered down.

The standard DPT with TDS controller board supports Debit functions byinterfacing with a Model 170 TED (Tokheim Encryption Device) unit. The TEDunit is attached to the Model 69 interface box cover. The TED unit enablessecure communication between DPTs and the POS or Site Controller located inthe main building. The TED unit is installed in the RS-485 communication linkbetween the POS or Site Controller and the model 69 interface box. Seeadditional TED unit information on page 7-11.

IMPORTANT NOTES:1. The TDS networkwill not functionproperly without aTED unit installed.2. The DPTs in thedispenser must havesoftware versionMT.QD.01.00 forPremier C orMT.QD.02.00 forPremier B installed.3. Software versionMT.QD.01.00 orhigher does notsupport cashacceptors.

TO DISPLAY BOARDCONNECTOR J9

DISPENSER SIDE "A"

PAPERCUTTER

PAPERSENSOR PRINTER

CONTROLBOARD

PRINTER

4 X 20DISPLAY

CARDREADER OPTIONS

POWER SUPPLY

DPT BOARD420929-7J2

J1

J8

J7

J9 J11 J12

J4

J5

J10

J6

DISPENSERSIDE "A"

J3 J2 J1 J8

J7

J6J5J4

DPT BOARD420929-7

DISPENSERSIDE "B"

69 INTERFACE BOX J4

J5MOTHER BOARD

ASSEMBLY J17J16

To Circuit Breakers

Blender Powersides A & B

TRANSFORMER

AC Power fromAC Distribution board J14

240V

120V

TO POS / SITECONTROLLER

TEDUNIT

Page 166: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual7-10 Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00

Standard DPT

Jumper and Switch Locations for Standard DPT withTDS Controller Board (420929)

Depressing SW2 initiates a hard reset tothe DPT controller board processor andcauses the dipswitch settings of SW1 tobe read.

Reference the jumper illustrations on the left and the jumper locations on thecontroller board shown above.Factory settings: Highlighted areas in the table below

Jumper Settings (Standard DPT with TDS)

JUMPER DESCRIPTION PINS 1&2 PINS 2&3 OPEN

JU5 WATCHDOG* ENABLED -------------------- DISABLED

JU6 Normally open; when pins 1&2 are enabled, DPT enters diagnositcs.

JU7 Normally open; AC low power detect is not used.

JU8 BATTERY** DISABLED ENABLED --------------------

JU9*** SITE CONTROLLERCOMMUNICATIONS HALF DUPLEX FULL DUPLEX --------------------

JU10*** SITE CONTROLLERCOMMUNICATIONS HALF DUPLEX FULL DUPLEX --------------------

JU11*** SITE CONTROLLERCOMMUNICATIONS HALF DUPLEX FULL DUPLEX --------------------

JU12 SITE CONTROLLERCOMMUNICATIONS -------------------- -------------------- HALF DUPLEX

*The watchdog is the power supervision of the CPU board and should be enabled

**The battery is the DPT, CPU board, RAM backup.

***These jumpers configure the CPU board for full or half duplex.

1 2 3 1 2 3

12

JU12

.

JU11

32

1

JU5

2 1

1 2 JU8

12

3

2 1

JU10JU9

JU7JU6

JU5 JU9 JU10 JU12 JU11

U13

SW1

SW2

The SW1 switchsettings andcontroller boardconnector informationon the standard DPTwith TDS controllerboard are the same asthe standard DPTcontroller board.See pages 7-5, 7-6,and 7-7.

Page 167: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 7-11

Standard DPT

Standard DPT with TDS (Premier B & C)

TDS and TED Connections

WARNING:The TokheimEncryption Device(TED) is a secureunit.DO NOT ATTEMPTTO OPEN.If the TED unit istampered with, theENCRYPTIONPROGRAMMINGwill be ERASED.

POS/SITE CONTROLLER

PC BOARD

110 VAC

233568-1 (RS-485)

(RS-485)

J2

J1

MODEL 69 INTERFACE BOX COVER(SEE DRAWING ON NEXT PAGE)

One TED unit isrequired for upto 8 dispensers(16 DPTs). Morethan 16 DPTsrequire two TEDunits.

!

J1

4321

(DRAIN) NOT CONNECTED(DCC) WHT/BLUE(+RS485) GREEN

(-RS485) RED

GROUND WIRECONNECTS HERE

TED UNIT

1234

SHIELD (DRAIN)BLACK (DCC)WHITE (+RS485)RED (-RS485)

TO DPTS(IF CONNECTED)

TO DPTS(IF CONNECTED)

TO DPTS(IF CONNECTED)

MODEL 69 INTERFACE BOX(UP TO 16 DPTS)

TO DPTCONNECTORON TED UNIT

MODEL 69 BOX BOARD (1 0F 4)

CNTL

DPT

233568-2(RS-485)

CAUTION:WIRE COLORSMAY VARY FROMTHOSE SHOWN

Model 170 TED unit

Page 168: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual7-12 Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00

Standard DPT

Tokheim Encryption Device (TED)

TED Mounting Bracket Assembly and Model 69 BoxCover

Bottom view of TED Mounting Bracket assembly

PC BOARD

4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4

J1

J2

TO POS/SITE CONTROLLER(COLORS MAY VARY)

1 = -RS4852 = +RS4853 = DCC4 = DRAIN (SHIELD)

TO TED (CNTL)1 = NOT CONNECTED (DRAIN)2 = (WHT/BLUE) DCC3 = (GREEN) +RS4854 = (RED) -RS485

GROUNDWIRECONNECTEDHERE

BOTTOM OFTED UNIT

MODEL 69 BOXCOVER

TOP

DPTCONNECTOR

CNTLCONNECTOR

POWERCORDCONNECTOR

GREEN LED

RED LEDS(2 PLACES)

BOTTOM VIEW

Page 169: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 7-13

Standard DPT

Block Diagram - Standard DPT with TDS Plus

The Standard DPT with TDS Plus Controller board supports Debit functions byinterfacing with a Secure PIN Encryption Device (SPED) located behind the 4x6keypad on each side of a dispenser. The secure PIN encryption device is part ofthe Debit module shown in the diagram below.

Controller Board - Standard DPT with TDS Plus(Premier B only)

WARNING:The TDS Plus DebitModule is a secureunit.DO NOT ATTEMPTTO OPEN.If the TDS PlusDebit Module istampered with, theENCRYPTIONPROGRAMMINGwill be ERASED.

BUZZER

PAPERCUTTER

PAPERSENSOR PRINTER

CONTROLBOARD

PRINTER

CASHACCEPTOR

CARDREADER OPTIONS

POWER SUPPLY

DPT BOARD421844-2J5

J1

J7

J3

J6 J11

J9

J10

J12

DISPENSERSIDE "A"

J3 J2 J1 J8

J7

J6J5J4

DPT BOARD421844-2

DISPENSERSIDE "B"

69 INTERFACE BOX J9

J10MOTHER BOARD

ASSEMBLY J17J16

To Circuit Breakers

Blender Powersides A & B

TRANSFORMER

AC Power fromAC Distribution board J14

240V

120V

TDS Plus DEBIT MODULE

SecurityShield

4x6Keypad

4 line x20 Character

Display

J2

J4

J1J5

J3

DebitBoard

TO POS / SITECONTROLLER

!

Page 170: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual7-14 Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00

Standard DPT

JUMPER DESCRIPTION PINS 1&2 PINS 2&3 OPEN

JU4 WATCHDOG* ENABLED ---------------- DISABLED

JU5 Normally open; when pins 1&2 are enabled, DPT enters diagnositcs.

JU6 Normally open; AC low power detect is not used.

JU2 BATTERY** DISABLED ENABLED ---------------

JU8*** SITE CONTROLLERCOMMUNICATIONS

HALF DUPLEX --------------- FULL DUPLEX

JU9*** SITE CONTROLLERCOMMUNICATIONS

HALF DUPLEX FULL DUPLEX ----------------

JU10*** SITE CONTROLLERCOMMUNICATIONS

HALF DUPLEX FULL DUPLEX ----------------

JU7 SITE CONTROLLERCOMMUNICATIONS

FULL DUPLEX ---------------- HALF DUPLEX

*The watchdog is the power supervision of the CPU board and should be enabled

**The battery is the DPT, CPU board, RAM backup

***These jumpers configure the CPU board for full or half duplex.

Jumper and Switch Locations for Standard DPT withTDS Plus Controller Board (421844)

Reference the jumper illustrations and locations on the controller board shown above.Factory settings: Highlighted areas in the table below

Jumper Settings - Standard DPT with TDS PlusController Board

NUMEROUS COMPONENTSON THE BOARD HAVE BEENOMITTED IN THIS DRAWINGTO CLARIFY LOCATION OF

JUMPERS.

JU1

Note: Jumpers JU1 & JU3 aresoldered and are not meant to beconfigured in the field

JU3

JU4

JU11

JU6

JU5

JU7

JU9

JU10

JU8

• ••

1

11 1

SW1

J3 Cash AcceptorCommunications J5 Printer Cable

J12DPT PowerJ7 Secure Pin Pad

Communications

J6Card ReaderCommunications J10 UDC

Communications

J9 Site ControllerCommunications

JU2•

Depressing SW2 initiates a hardreset to the DPT controller boardprocessor and causes thedipswitch settings of SW1 to beread.

SW2

Page 171: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 7-15

Standard DPT

SW1, Switch Positions 1 and 8DPT COMMUNICATION RATE SETTINGS

Switch Settings - Standard DPT with TDS Plus ControllerBoard (Premier B & C)

SW1, Switch Position 2DPT Dispenser side

RS-485 COMMUNICATION RATE SET BY SWITCH SW1

SWITCH POS 1 SWITCH POS 8UDC COMM2 PORT SITE CNTRLR COMM1 PORT

COMM RATE (BPS) COMM RATE (BPS)

PREMIER

ON 19,200 ON 4800

OFF not used OFF 9600

SW1, Switch Positions 3 through 7DPT Address settings Site Controller COMM 1 Port

Factory settings:Side A = address 1Side B = address 2

UDC COMM2 PORT

SWITCH POS. 2 ADDRESS

ON = (Side A) 1

OFF = (Side B) 2

Factory settings: Side A = ONSide B = OFF

Factory settings:1 = ON8 = OFF

IMPORTANT:Depending on the site controller used, these DPT AddressSettings and the Dispenser Address Settings MUST match.

SWITCH POSITIONADDRESS

3 4 5 6 7 (1-16)

ON ON ON ON ON 1

OFF ON ON ON ON 2

ON OFF ON ON ON 3

OFF OFF ON ON ON 4

ON ON OFF ON ON 5

OFF ON OFF ON ON 6

ON OFF OFF ON ON 7

OFF OFF OFF ON ON 8

ON ON ON OFF ON 9

OFF ON ON OFF ON 10

ON OFF ON OFF ON 11

OFF OFF ON OFF ON 12

ON ON OFF OFF ON 13

OFF ON OFF OFF ON 14

ON OFF OFF OFF ON 15

OFF OFF OFF OFF ON 16

SWITCH POSITIONADDRESS

3 4 5 6 7 (17-32)

ON ON ON ON OFF 17

OFF ON ON ON OFF 18

ON OFF ON ON OFF 19OFF OFF ON ON OFF 20

ON ON OFF ON OFF 21

OFF ON OFF ON OFF 22

ON OFF OFF ON OFF 23

OFF OFF OFF ON OFF 24

ON ON ON OFF OFF 25

OFF ON ON OFF OFF 26

ON OFF ON OFF OFF 27

OFF OFF ON OFF OFF 28

ON ON OFF OFF OFF 29OFF ON OFF OFF OFF 30

ON OFF OFF OFF OFF 31

OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 32

Page 172: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual7-16 Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00

Standard DPT

Controller Board Connectors Defined for Standard DPTwith TDS Plus

J1 Beeper Connector1 - Regulated +12 VDC2 - Beeper On/Off

J3 Cash Acceptor Connector1 - Cash Acceptor DCC, opto isolated 3 - Cash Acceptor transmit, opto isolated2 - Cash Acceptor +5VDC, opto isolated 4 - Cash Acceptor receive, opto isolated

J4 Cash Acceptor Switch Sensor Connector1 - Active low signal, detects open security enclosure2 - System DCC

J5 Printer Control/Data Connector1 - Data write command signal 17 - No Connection2 - Bit 0 data 18 - System DCC, low paper sensor3 - Bit 1 data 19 - System DCC, printer power supply4 - Bit 2 data 20 - System DCC, printer power supply5 - Bit 3 data 21 - +20 VDC printer power supply6 - Bit 4 data 22 - +20 VDC printer power supply7 - Bit 5 data 23 - +24 VDC paper cutter power8 - Bit 6 data 24 - Relay active signal (to start paper cutter)9 - Bit 7 data 25 - Home position signal for paper cutter

10 - No Connection 26 - No Connection11 - +5 VDC printer logic power 27 - Paper low sensor (active low)12 - +5 VDC printer logic power 28 - Data busy (active low)13 - No Connection 29 - Out of paper signal (active low)14 - System DCC, printer logic power 30 - Data received by printer signal (active low)15 - System DCC, printer logic power 31 - Printer error condition signal (active low)16 - System DCC, paper cutter 32 - Reset printer signal (active low)

J6 Card Reader Connector1 - Active low signal shows card is fully inserted2 - Track 2 card data3 - Active low signal shows card is moving thru unit4 - Indicates valid Track 2 data5 - No Connection6 - +5 VDC (4.75 to 5.25) for card reader logic7 - System DCC8 - Indicates valid Track 1 data9 - Track 1 card data

J7 Secure PIN Pad1 - No connection2 - +8V DC Unregulated3 - -RS485 (inverting) differential signal4 - +RS485 (non-inverting) differential signal5 - Vo contrast voltage6 - No Connection7 - +VBatt Battery Output Voltage8 - System DCC9 - System DCC

Page 173: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 7-17

Standard DPT

J9 Site Controller Port Connector1 - System DCC2 - System DCC3 - +RS-485 (non-inverting) differential signal4 - -RS-485 (inverting) differential signal

J10 UDC Port Connector1 - System DCC2 - System DCC3 - +RS-485 (non-inverting) differential signal4 - -RS-485 (inverting) differential signal

J11 Site Controller Port Connector (Gasboy Interface)1 - System DCC 4 - Differential receive, non-inverting (Rx+)2 - System DCC 5 - Differential transmit, non-inverting (Tx+)3 - Differential receive, inverting (Rx-) 6 - Differential transmit, inverting (Tx-)

J12 Main Power Connector1 - Regulated +24 VDC (23.5 to 24.5)2 - Unregulated +8VDC (8 to 12.5)3 - System DCC

The LED will be on when the described signal is activeLED1 Red Serial data is being received by the DPT from the Cash AcceptorLED2 Green Serial data is being transmitted by the DPT to the Cash AcceptorLED3 Red Diagnostic test signal defined by softwareLED4 Red Receive signal (RS-485) Secure PIN Pad J7LED5 Green Transmit signal (RS-485) Secure PIN Pad J7LED6 Red Receive signal (RS-485) Site controller port J9LED7 Green Transmit signal (RS-485) Site controller port J9LED8 Red Receive signal (RS-485) UDC port J10LED9 Green Transmit signal (RS-485) UDC port J10LED10 Yellow +5VDC Logic power

Light Emitting Diodes (LED’s)

Controller Board Connectors Defined for Standard DPTwith TDS Plus (continued)

Page 174: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual7-18 Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00

Standard DPT

Once the upper left key is pressed, the diagnostics main menu is displayed:

The top line of text remains fixed, and instructs the operator which key to pressin order to: GO do the test, END diagnostics, or scroll to the NEXT test.

LL=Go LR=End UL=NextDiagnostic Test Name

¿ Instruction Header¿ Menu Window where main menu

choices scroll through

Press Upper Left Keyto Continue

LL = lower leftLR = lower rightUL = upper leftUR = upper right

Standard DPT Diagnostics (Premier B & C)

Methods to Enter Diagnostics

The preferred method to enter diagnostics is listed first.• Enter mode 98, followed by a keypress on the operator interface

keypad• Jumper JU6 is connected when DPT is powered up (use only

when abovemethod fails).

Diagnostics Entered

When diagnostics is entered, this display appears.

Tests which require operator action will time out withinseveral seconds and return to the Main Menu if nooperator input occurs within the time-out period. Forexample, the Card Reader Test times out inapproximately eight seconds if no operator inputoccurs.

Page 175: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 7-19

Standard DPT

(DPT Diagnostics continued on next page)

Standard DPT Diagnostics (continued)

TEST(Test Availability):S = Standard DPTT = Standard DPT with TDSP = Std. DPT with TDS Plus

NORMAL INDICATIONPROBABLECAUSE IF

ABNORMALCORRECTIVE ACTION

Version and checksum(S, P)

The version number andchecksum of the DPT controllerboard software is displayed."Version: xxxxxxxx U13 Checksum = xxxx"

N/A N/A

Version Number (T) The version number of the DPTcontroller board software isdisplayed.

N/A N/A

Printer Test(S, P)

Customer display will blank,test pattern is printed, paper iscutIf error, display: PRINTERERRORIf ok, display: TESTCOMPLETE

Defective printer

Printer paper releaselever is up.

Out of paper

Replace the printer

Check paper release lever.

Check paper.If fault still exists, replace theDPT controller board.

Card Reader Test(S, P)

"Enter a card"

"Remove the card"

Success or failure indicated onDPTdisplay.

"Track 1: Ok Track 2: Ok"

Dirty card reader

Defective cardreader

Card inserted wrong

Clean card reader with CardReader Cleaner, part number2-232990 (qty. 50). Availablefrom Tokheim Service Parts

Try card on another cardreader. Replace the cardreader. If fault still exists,replace the DPT Controllerboard.

Insert card correctly

Keyboard Test(S, P)

As each key is pressed, thedisplay shows the key #, and atone is heard.

Defective Keypad Replace the keypad.If fault still exists, replace theDPT controller board.

Read DIP Switch(S, T, P)

Customer display shows thecommunication rates andaddress settings from DIPswitch SW1.

(example)"Comm 1 9600 Addr 1 Comm 2 19200 Addr 1"

DIP switch settingson SW1 not setcorrectly

Set DIP switches correctly. Iffault still exists, replace DPTController board.(see Switch Settings" in thissection for more information)

Watch Dog Test(S, P)

System reset will occur. (Watchdog enable jumper JU5 mustbe connected)

Defective DPTcontroller board

Replace the DPT controllerboard

Display Test(S, P)

For 5 seconds: black squaresare displayed, for next 5seconds, numbers, and lettersare displayed.

Defective DPTdisplay

Replace the display.If fault still exists, replace theDPT controller board.

RAM Test(S, P)

Display: RAM TEST INPROGRESS, followed by RAMOK. If error: IC U5 FAILED.

Defective DPTcontroller board

Check jumper settings.Replace the DPT controllerboard.

Page 176: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual7-20 Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00

Standard DPT

Standard DPT Diagnostics (continued)

TEST NAME(Test Availability):S = Standard DPTT = STD DPT with TDSP = STD DPT with TDS Plus

NORMAL INDICATIONPROBABLE CAUSE

IF ABNORMALCORRECTIVE

ACTION

Comm Loop-Back Test & FullDuplex Test (S)

Message showing result isdisplayed for each test. (testcables are available throughTokheim Service Parts)

Defective DPTcontroller board

Replace the DPTcontroller board.

Display Statistics(S)

Three sets of four statisticsare shown for five secondseach.

Defective DPTcontroller board

Replace the DPTcontroller board

Clear Statistics(S)

The sets of statistics inprevious tests are set tozero. "Stats are cleared"

Defective DPTcontroller board

Replace the DPTcontroller board

Print Receipt Header(S)

Receipt header is printedand paper is cut if headerinformation has beendownloaded from the POS.

Defective DPTcontroller board

Replace the DPTcontroller board

Comm Monitor Test(S, P)

DPT display will indicatestatus of each COMM line:On Line or Off Line.

Defective DPTcontroller board

Replace the DPTcontroller board

Read Printer Sensors(S, P)

Determines quantity ofpaper in printer:PRINTER PAPER FULLPRINTER PAPER LOWPRINTER PAPER OUT

Defective printerOut of paper

Replace the printer.Add paper. If fault stillexists, replace theDPT controller board.

Battery-Backed RAM Test(S, P)

Displays PASS or FAIL asdetermined by the RAM test.

Defective DPTcontroller board

Replace the DPTcontroller board

Bill Acceptor Test(S, P)

Accepts paper money.Displays the value of themoney.Returns the paper money.

Defective Cashacceptor or DPTcontroller board

Replace the cashacceptor.If fault still exists,replace the DPTcontroller board.

Bill Acceptor Vers(S, P)

Shows model number andsoftware version number ofthe cash acceptor.

Defective ordisconnectedCash acceptor

Check cash acceptorcables, power, andDPT Controller boardLEDs.

Show All Messages(S)

Press upper left key to showmessages. (Msg 1) PressLR key to end.

Defective DPTcontroller board

Replace the DPTcontroller board

Injection Info(T)

Displays injection status ofmodule, prompts, andkeypad definition.

Defective or missingTED unit in network orDPT debit module notinjected.

Replace or add TEDunit to network orreplace DPT debitmodule.

Show Printer Type(S, P)

"Tear Bar" (Premier B)"Cutter" (Premier C)

Page 177: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 7-21

Standard DPT

Troubleshooting Standard DPT CommunicationProblems ( Premier B & C)

SYMPTOM PROBABLE CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

System cannotcommunicate witha DPT (cannot runsales)

If problem appears to be with one dispenser (both sides):

Console not polling DPTs

Defective communicationscables from model 69 box to sitecontroller

Defective B & B connector

DPT communications boardfailure in site controller

DPT communications cableconnected to wrong port

Tokheim site controllercommunications board notseated properly

Failure of one DPT, locking up allDPTs

Reinitialize Console

Use conventional troubleshooting methods tocheck cable

Replace B & B connector

Replace communications board in sitecontroller

Connect to correct port

Properly seat board

Remove power from DPTs one at a time

If problem appears to be with one dispenser (both sides):

Power supply failure

DPT power switches not on

Model 69 box switches set off-line

DPT was disabled, then enabledwhile a download from the sitecontroller was in process

Replace options power supply

Turn on DPT power switches

Set Model 69 switches to on-line

Wait for site controller to time out or powerdown, then power up site controller

If problem appears to be with one DPT:

TDS+ debit module failure

DPT assigned wrong address

DPT not activated

DPT controller board failure.

Replace options power supply

Verify that all DPTs have unique addresseson this DPT line. Verify that SW1 addresssetting and site controller programmedaddresses are the same.

Activate DPT at site controller

Replace DPT controller board

Page 178: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual7-22 Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00

Standard DPT

Troubleshooting Standard DPT CommunicationProblems ( continued)

SYMPTOM PROBABLE CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

Intermittent loss ofcommunications

Noise induced intocommunication lines

1. Verify dispensers, interface boxes, andconsoles are properly grounded per theinstallation manual.2. Verify all equipment is on same electricalphase.3. Verify DPT cable is of correct type, size,and rating.4. Verify ACH & ACC for lights andelectronics are separate and not crossedwired (per Installation manual).5. Verify connections in dispenser andinterface boxes.

DPT lockup due to lowerreliability of old level software

Communication dropout due tofailing protocol converter (B & Bconnector)

Improperly installed or failingcable between interface box andPOS

Communication dropout due tofailing component or filecorruption in POS

Upgrade DPT software

Replace protocol converter

Verify installation and connectors, or replacecable

Reload and/or repair POS

Loss ofcommunication on1/3 to 2/3 of DPTson site

Logical failure on controller orPOS perventing certain DPTsfrom being polled by POS

Reload software and/or repair POS/controller

DPT constantlydisplays "OUT OFSERVICE" or"PLEASE SEECASHIER - OUTOF ORDER"

Network is off-line

Console is in Manager's Mode

Console is completing a shiftreport

Console is not configuredcorrectly

Wait for network to come on-line

Wait for manager to exit to sales mode

Wait for shift report to end

Configure console correctly for this DPT

Page 179: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 7-23

Standard DPT

Troubleshooting Standard DPT Display Problems( Premier B & C)

SYMPTOM PROBABLE CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

DPT display isblank

No power to DPT

DPT display is not connected

DPT display failure

Contrast is not set correctly

Defective TDS+ debit module

Keypad failure

DPT controller board failure

Check DPT power switch, circuit breaker onoptions power supply, and circuit breakerson AC distribution board

Connect display to DPT controller

Replace DPT display

Check contrast adjustment

Replace debit module

Turn off power, disconnect the keypad, turnpower back on:- If the display returns to normal operation,turn power back off and replace keypad.- If fault still exists, reconnect keypad, andcheck other possible causes.

Replace DPT controller board

DPT display is dark Backlight connector is notconnected to DPT

Contrast is not set correctly

Defective backlight

DPT controller board failure

Connect backlight connector to ACDistribution board

Check contrast adjustment

Replace DPT display backlight fluorescenttube

Replace DPT controller board

DPT display hassolid squares on thetop line of display

Display connector has beenjarred loose

Defective ribbon cable

DPT controller board failure

Ensure connector is tight

Toggle DPT power switch on Options PowerSupply

Replace cable

Replace DPT controller board

DPT display isgarbled

DPT not initialized properly

DPT controller board failure

Defective display

Remove DPT power, remove DPT batteryjumper, replace DPT battery jumper andrestore DPT power

Replace DPT controller board

Replace display

Page 180: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual7-24 Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00

Standard DPT

Troubleshooting Standard DPT Operational Problems( Premier B & C)

SYMPTOM PROBABLE CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

DPT keypad doesnot work

DPT keypad is not connected toUDC display board

Keypad failure

Defective UDC display board,mother board, or ribbon cable

Connect the DPT keypad to UDC displayboard

Replace keypad

Replace defective assembly

DPT card readerdoes not work

Card reader not connected toDPT controller board

Card reader failure

DPT not activated

DPT controller board failure

Connect card reader to DPT controller board

Replace card reader

Activate DPT and let it initialize

Replace DPT controller board

DPT will not printreceipts

No AC power at DPT

Paper release lever not engagedon printer

Out of paper

Printer connector not connectedat DPT printer or DPT contolllerboard

Paper jammed

Paper not inserted correctly

Did not answer YES to receiptquestion

Not using heat sensitive paper

Turn on DPT power at Options Power Supply

Set printer release lever to proper position

Install new roll of paper

Make proper connections at the printer orDPT controller board

Remove paper jam; if necessary, removepaper cutter assembly

Insert paper with heat sensitive side up

Answer YES to receipt question when itappears

Obtain correct paper from Tokheim ServiceParts (219-470-4710)

Page 181: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 7-25

Standard DPT

Troubleshooting Standard DPT Operational Problems( continued)

SYMPTOM PROBABLE CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

Authorizationrequest immediatelyfails

Dispenser not assigned to thisDPT

DPT controller board failure

Assign dispenser to this DPT in dispenserassignment mode

Verify that SW1 address setting and sitecontroller programmed address are thesame

Replace DPT controller board

Authorizationrequest fails after afew moments

Console not configured correctly

Network failure

Fuel sale due at console

DPT controller board failure

Correctly configure console for DPT sales

Console has lost communications withnetwork

Collect sale and try again

Replace DPT controller board

DPT does notprompt customers inregard to fleet anddebit transactions

Console powered up before thesite controller was powered up

Defective site controller software

TED injected incorrectly

DPT debit module not injected

Site controller not enabled foroutside debit

TED not installed

DPT controller board softwaredoes not support debit functions

Toggle power on the console while sitecontroller is on

Install new site controller software

Replace TED unit

Replace DPT debit module

Enable outside debit on site controller

Install TED in system

Replace DPT board software with TDS orTDS Plus software

Page 182: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual7-26 Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00

Standard DPT

Troubleshooting Tokheim Encryption Device (TED)Problems

SYMPTOM PROBABLE CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

CNTL red LED off,red LED flashing

POS / Site controller not pollingDPTs

Reset the POS / Site Controller and force adownload to the DPTs

DPT red LED off,CNTL red LEDflashing

TED unit did not downloadinjection information into theDPTs

Check DPT diagnostics for correct injectionmessage:Incorrect: Replace TED unitCorrect: Call ASR

Both red LEDs off TED unit is unplugged Check the connections on the TED unitpower cord.Check the 110 VAC outlet for power.

INJ port green LEDoff, not flashing

TED unit not injected Replace TED unit

INJ port green LEDcontinues flashingafter five seconds

Attempting to load injectioninformation

Unplug TED unit from 110 VAC outlet, thenplug back in

Page 183: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 7-27

Standard DPT

Changing Paper on a Tear-Bar Printer (Premier B)

Reference the illustrations below and on the next page for the followinginstructions.

From side "A":1. Install a new paper roll in printer using the instructions found on the printer

frame.2. After the test receipt has printed, insert the test receipt end through the

printer dial receipt slot.3. Close and lock printer dial. Pull receipt down to tear off.

PRINTER DIALRECEIPT SLOT

INSTRUCTIONS

To prevent jammingand to preserve printquality, use the thermalpaper recommendedbelow.

Thermal Paper SpecificationsPackage: 50 rolls per casePaper type: ThermalPart No.: Tokheim 5-230492

Shelf life: 5 years (when stored in darkness below 25° C, relative humidity of 65%)

The DPT printer paper can be ordered through:Tokheim Service Partsvoice: (219) 470-4710FAX: 1-800-866-1999E-mail: [email protected]

Page 184: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual7-28 Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00

Standard DPT

Changing Paper on a Tear-Bar Printer (continued)

Below is a rear view of the tear-bar printer showing the location and orientationof the printer paper roll.

Page 185: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 7-29

Standard DPT

Changing Paper on a Standard Printer (Premier C)

1. Unlock and open the left door of the electronics enclosure with a TPX-88key. The printer is mounted to the back of the door.

2. Push in on the two retaining tabs (À) to remove the old paper roll.3. Install a new paper roll with the paper coming off of the roll as shown

(Á).4. Route the paper as shown and guide the edge of the paper into the printer

mechanism slot (Â). The printer (with power applied) will sense thepresence of the paper and pull the paper into the print mechanism. A testreceipt will be printed and delivered to the receipt chute (not shown).

5. Remove and inspect the receipt.6. Turn the paper roll back the opposite direction to take up any slack

paper.7. Close the door and lock it using the TPX-88 key.

To prevent jammingand to preserve printquality, use the thermalpaper recommendedbelow.

ÁÁÁÁÁ

ÂÂÂÂÂ

ÀÀÀÀÀ ÀÀÀÀÀ

Thermal Paper SpecificationsPackage: 50 rolls per casePaper type: ThermalPart No.: Tokheim 1-233712Shelf life: 5 years

(when stored indarkness below25° C, relativehumidity of 65%)

Order printer paper from:Tokheim Service PartsPhone: (219) 470-4710FAX: 1-800-866-1999

Page 186: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual7-30 Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00

Standard DPT

Clearing a Paper Jam on a Standard Printer (Premier C)

1. Unlock and open the left door of the electronics enclosure with aTPX-88 key. The printer is mounted to the back of the door.

2. Pull the paper release lever (À) down to allow the paper to beremoved from the printer (Á) and cutter (Â) mechanisms. Therelease lever is located on the right side of the printer mechanismas shown in the illustration below.

3. Push in on the two retaining tabs (¿) and remove the paper roll.4. Pull the paper holder assembly release knob (Ä) and rotate the

paper holder assembly to the right and up. See illustration onnext page.

5. Turn the printer assembly release knob (Å) counterclockwise untilloose. Carefully rotate the hinged printer assembly away from thereceipt chute (Ã), allowing it to rest in its full open position. Theprinter mechanism and cutter mechanism is now exposed.

6. Rotate the cutter mechanism (Â) up and away from the printermechanism. Gently push out on the release tabs located on both sidesof the printer mechanism (Á) while lifting the cutter mechanism.

7. Carefully remove any paper found in the locations shown.Read CAUTION note on next page.

8. Return the cutter (Â) to its original position. Rotate the printerassembly back to its original position and secure it by turning theprinter assembly release knob (Å) clockwise until tight. Pull thepaper holder release knob (Ä) and rotate the paper holder assemblyback to its original position.

9. Reinstall the paper roll by following the instructions on the previouspage.

"feed" button – Press once toadvance paper one line. Hold toadvance paper continuously."cut" button – Press to cut thepaper.

ÀÀÀÀÀ

ÁÁÁÁÁ

¿¿¿¿¿ ¿¿¿¿¿

ÂÂÂÂÂÃÃÃÃÃ

Page 187: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 2.0 May 2000 7-31

Standard DPT

Clearing a Paper Jam on a Standard Printer (continued)

ÄÄÄÄÄ

! CAUTIONDo not use screwdrivers or any other toolsto remove paper from inside the printer orcutter mechanisms. Severe damage couldoccur. ÅÅÅÅÅ

ÄÄÄÄÄ

ÂÂÂÂÂ

ÃÃÃÃÃ

ÁÁÁÁÁ

CAREFULLY REMOVE ANYPIECES OF PAPER FOUNDIN THESE LOCATIONS(SEE CAUTION ABOVE)

Page 188: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual7-32 Form 4817A Version 2.0 May 2000

Standard DPT

Premier B & C Cash Acceptor

Lock Assemblies

Tokheim does not furnish lock assemblies for the Cash Acceptor in order toassure customer security. Lock assemblies for the Cash Acceptor are availablefrom:

Midwest Vending Security, Inc.3350 Secor RoadToledo, OH 43606(419) 534-6886

Vault:Lock, Coded : 60W0750T-219-M7Lock, Cam : CT-D05Key : KEY-M743

Cassette:Lock, Coded : 60W0850T-223-M7Lock, Cam : CT-C00Key : KEY-M743

421498-2 ISSUED 2/15/94

A Premier BDispenser Head isshown in thisillustration. PremierC uses the sameCash Acceptorassembly.

Page 189: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 2.0 May 2000 7-33

Standard DPT

Premier B & C Cash Acceptor (continued)

Access to the Cash Acceptor Cassette (Premier B)1. Unlock and remove the access panel on the side opposite of the cash acceptor

you want to empty.2. The cassette is now accessible for removal.

Removing the Cash Acceptor (Premier B)

Refer to the illustration above and on the previous page for the followinginstructions.1. Open the DPT dial assembly to gain access to the cash acceptor mounting

hardware. Refer to the instructions in section 2 for opening the DPT dial.2. Move the product ID panel to expose cash acceptor mounting screw:

• Remove the two Phillips screws securing the right end cap on theproduct ID panel rail.

• Remove the end cap and slide the product ID panel to the rightuntil the hex head screw below the cash acceptor is exposed.

3. Remove the 3 hex head screws securing the cash acceptor.4. Open the access panel on the opposite side of the dispenser and remove the

cash acceptor through this opening.

Cash AcceptorCassette

Cash Acceptor

PremierDispenserHead

DPT DialAssembly

Rail forProduct ID Panel

Cash AcceptorMounting ScrewLocations

Page 190: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual7-34 Form 4817A Version 2.0 May 2000

Standard DPT

Access to the Cash Acceptor Cassette (Premier C - 45" only)1. Using a TPX 88 key, unlock and open the left door of the electronics head

(enclosure).2. The cassette for the Cash Acceptor on the opposite side of the dispenser is

now accessible for removal.

CashAcceptor

Premier C Dispenser Head

Open left door on opposite side of dispenserto remove cash acceptor and cassette.

Removing the Cash Acceptor (Premier C)

Refer to the illustrations for the following instructions.1. Open the far right door to gain access to the cash

acceptor mounting hardware.2. Remove 3 hex washer head screws (shown

below) from the cash acceptor bracket.3. Remove the cash acceptor from the

dispenser head (out the other side).4. Remove 4 round-head machine

screws, lockwashers, and hexnuts securing the bracket tothe cash acceptor.

Remove these screws first

Premier B & C Cash Acceptor (continued)

Page 191: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 2.0 May 2000 7-35

Standard DPT

Premier B & C Cash Acceptor (continued)

DIP Switches on MARS Electronics Series 3000 Bill Acceptor

Two banks of dip switches are located on the Cash Acceptor Assembly (Part #1-321055) as shown below. Position descriptions of the dip switches are shownin the tables below.

1 way = Face up, green seal first2 way = Face up, both ways4 way = Face Up or face down, both ways

DIP SWITCH BANK #1

SW#

ON OFF

1 $1 Bill ALLOWED $1 Bill NOT ALLOWED

2 $2 Bill ALLOWED $2 Bill NOT ALLOWED

3 $5 Bill ALLOWED $5 Bill NOT ALLOWED

4 $10 Bill ALLOWED $10 Bill NOT ALLOWED

5 $20 Bill ALLOWED $20 Bill NOT ALLOWED

6 $50 Bill ALLOWED $50 Bill NOT ALLOWED

7 $100 Bill ALLOWED $100 Bill NOT ALLOWED

8 Test Mode Normal Operating Mode

DIP SWITCH BANK #2

SW#

ON OFF

1See the Way Accept Table below.

2

3

Do Not Change the Factory Settings4

5

6

7 Calibration Mode Normal Operating Mode

8 Coupons Allowed Coupons Not Allowed

WAY ACCEPT TABLE

4 WAY 1 WAY 2 WAY 4 WAY

SWITCH 1 OFF ON OFF ON

SWITCH 2 OFF OFF ON ON

# 1 # 2

Page 192: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual7-36 Form 4817A Version 2.0 May 2000

Standard DPT

Card Reader Cleaning Procedure (Premier B & C)

The Card Reader in the DPT uses a magnetic reader head (much like the onefound in a tape recorder) to read the magnetic stripe on the cards. Periodically,this heads require maintenance, and in extremely dirty conditions MUST becleaned regularly. The recommended method of cleaning involves the use of asaturated, specially constructed, disposable, cleaning card. Head cleaning MUSTbe performed periodically to ensure the integrity of the data being processed, andto reduce the need for costly service calls.

1. Obtain disposable CREDIT CARD READER CLEANER from TokheimService Parts (P/N: 2-232990; box of 50).

2. Remove cleaning card from the CREDIT CARD READER CLEANERenvelope.

3. Insert cleaning card into the card reader several times. Turn the card overeach time it is inserted so the magnetic head on each side is cleaned.

4. After the cleaning card has been run through the card reader, wait longenough to allow the cleaning card to dry.

5. Again insert the cleaning card into the reader to allow the dried cleaning cardsurface to remove leftover stubborn contaminants.

6. Discard the cleaning card after use.

If a card reader problem existed and cleaning does not correct the problem,replace the card reader assembly.

CONTRAST ADJUSTMENTTurn the contrast adjustment screwclockwise to darken the contrast andcounterclockwise to lighten the contrast.

Adjusting Contrast of 4 x 20 DPT Display (Premier B & C)DPT Display Board - Standard DPT & Standard DPT with TDS

Connector

Rear View of 4 x 20 Display Board

Page 193: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 8-1

INSIGHT DPT

ScopeThis section includes information on diagnostic tests, troubleshooting, andcommunications settings for INSIGHT DPT, INSIGHT DPT with TDS(Tokheim Debit System), and INSIGHT DPT with TDS Plus.

GeneralThe INSIGHT DPT allows a customer to perform cash or credit transactionsat the dispenser without entering the store or interacting with a cashier.The Tokheim Debit System (TDS or TDS Plus) option allows the customerto perform debit transactions at the dispenser.The INSIGHT DPT is linked to a Site Controller via the Model 69 InterfaceBox using RS-485 communication protocols. See the block diagram of theINSIGHT DPT on page 8-3.The following table provides the hardware and software required for thethree types of INSIGHT DPTs:

Section 8: INSIGHT™ DPT (Premier B & C)

Section 8 ContentsComponent List for INSIGHT DPT Assemblies (Premier B & C) ... 8-2INSIGHT Operation in Native Mode and Graphic Mode ................ 8-2Subassembly Orientation (Premier B) ........................................... 8-3INSIGHT Block Diagram (Premier B & C) ..................................... 8-3INSIGHT DPT Controller Board (Premier B & C)

LED and Test Point Locations ................................................. 8-4Jumper and Switch Locations ................................................. 8-6Configuring INSIGHT DPT Controller Board ........................... 8-7INSIGHT Board Connectors ................................................... 8-9

Graphic DPT Display Board (Premier B & C) .............................. 8-12Keypad Keycodes (Premier B & C) ............................................. 8-13Diagnostic Tests (Premier B & C) ................................................ 8-14Communication Problems (Premier B & C) ................................. 8-17DPT Display Problems (Premier B & C) ...................................... 8-18Operational Problems (Premier B & C) ....................................... 8-20Graphic Printer Problems (Premier B & C) .................................. 8-21Card Reader Cleaning (Premier B & C) ...................................... 8-21Changing Paper on a Graphic Printer (Premier B) ...................... 8-22Clearing a Paper Jam on a Graphic Printer (Premier B) ............. 8-25Changing Paper on an INSIGHT DPT Printer (Premier C) .......... 8-27Clearing a Paper Jam on an INSIGHT DPT Printer (Premier C) . 8-28

IMPORTANTBe aware that staticelectricity can resultin circuit boardfailure. Precautions toprevent staticdischarge should betaken prior totouching a circuitboard.

Type ofDispenserPaymentTerminal

TED (TokheimEncryption Device)unit revision number -located on the UPC label onthe bottom of the TED unit

DPT Controller Boardnumber

DPT ControllerBoard Softwareversion #

InSight DPT Not Applicable 1-422335 MT.PQ.05.00+

Insight DPTwith TDS

R.03002-422335 (Rev. 174103 orgreater only - with battery)

MT.PQ.05.00+

Insight DPTwith TDS Plus

Not Applicable 1-422335 MT.PQ.05.00+

Page 194: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual8-2 Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00

INSIGHT DPT

INSIGHT Operation in Native Mode and Graphic ModeOperation of the INSIGHT DPT in Native Mode or Graphic Mode is SiteController (POS) dependent. No dipswitch or DPT programming changes arenecessary for operation in either mode. If your POS supports graphics, theINSIGHT DPT will automatically run in Graphic Mode.

1. Native Mode refers to the non-Graphic use of the INSIGHT DPT andReceipt Printer. If your POS (Site Controller) does not support graphics,the INSIGHT DPT will automatically run in Native Mode.

The INSIGHT graphic display will display all messages as text, usingfour lines centered on the screen.

The Softkeys (ATM-style keypad buttons on each side of the display)will not be functional in this mode. The 4-row by 6-column keypad isused for programming when operating in Native Mode.

2. Graphic Mode refers to the ability of INSIGHT to:

• Utilize all nine text lines of the 5.7" screen rather than justfour.

• Display graphics by using one or more of the 15 animationsstored in INSIGHT or by displaying graphics downloaded bythe site controller/POS.

• Print graphics on the graphic printer, including companylogos and bar codes.

• Operate in an ATM style of operation by letting the customerselect/make purchase decisions using the softkeys located oneach side of the display panel.

Component List for INSIGHT DPT AssembliesIncludes INSIGHT DPT with TDS & TDS Plus(Premier B & C)

INSIGHT DPT assemblies consists of a Controller board and may containany of the peripheral devices listed below.

• Audio Transducer (beeper)• Card Reader• Cash Acceptor• Graphic Customer Display• Graphic Customer Display with Softkeys on each side of the

Display• Graphic Printer (3 versions)

- Printer only- with 4x6 keypad- with Debit Module

• Printer (with a paper cutter and low paper sensor)

To determine if yourPOS can be upgradedto support GraphicMode, please referenceyour Site Controllermanual or contactTechnical Support forthe Site Controller.

Page 195: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 8-3

INSIGHT DPT

INSIGHT Block Diagram (Premier B & C)

Connection to thekeypad is throughthe dispenserdisplay board

BUZZER

CASHACCEPTOR

PRINTER

4x6Kepad

OPTIONSPOWERSUPPLY

GRAPHIC DPTBOARD

1-422335

J16

J6

J7

J1

J14 J15

J9

J10

J12

DISPENSERSIDE "A"

J3

J2J1

J8

J7

J6

J5

J4

GRAPHIC DPTBOARD

1-422335

DISPENSERSIDE "B"

69 INTERFACE BOX

J9

J10MOTHER BOARDASSEMBLY

J17J16

To Circuit Breakers

Blender Power

AC Power fromAC Distribution Board

240V

120V

TDS Plus DEBIT MODULE

SecurityShield

4x6Keypad

4 line x20 Character

Display

J2

J4

J1J5

J3

DebitBoard

J13

J5

J3

CARDREADER

320x240B&W Graphic

Display

1x5SoftKeys

1x5SoftKeys

TRANSFORMER

TO POS / SITECONTROLLER

TEDUNIT

Subassembly Orientation (Premier B)

For Premier CSubassemblyOrientation, seeSection 7. INSIGHTcomponents arelocated in the samearea as the standardcomponents.

Page 196: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual8-4 Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00

INSIGHT DPT

LED and Test Point LocationsThe picture below shows its orientation of the INSIGHT DPT controllerboard when installed in the dispenser.Refer to the next page for descriptions of the LEDs and Test Points.

INSIGHT DPT Controller Board (Premier B & C)

SW1

JU2

P6+5V

LED3

BATTERY

7

6

5

4

2

1

9

10

LEDS

LEDS

LED8

JU5 JU7

P5+8V

P4+12V

P3+24V

P2BAT

P1-5V

P7GND

Page 197: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 8-5

INSIGHT DPT

LEDs and Test Points Defined (Premier B & C)

sDELcitsongaiD

DELREBMUN

DELROLOC

NOITPIRCSEDLANGIS

1 deRatadlaires)3J(rotpeccAhsaC

TPDybdeviecer

2 neerGatadlaires)3J(rotpeccAhsaC

TPDybdettimsnart

3 deR )denifederawtfoS(sutatSUPC

4 deR)9J(snoitacinummocrellortnoCetiS

langisatadevieceR

5 neerG)9J(snoitacinummocrellortnoCetiS

langisatadtimsnarT

6 deRevieceR)5J(snoitacinummocCDU

langisatad

7 neerGtimsnarT)5J(snoitacinummocCDU

langisatad

8 wolleY rewoPCDV5+

9 neerGatadtimsnarT)7J(eludoMtibeD

langis

01 deRatadevieceR)7J(eludoMtibeD

langis

Status LEDs

TNIOPTSET LEBAL EGNAREGATLOV :ROFDESU

1P CDV5- CDV0.5-otCDV57.4- tsartnoCyalpsiD

2P TTABV6PT=.xorppa:NOrewoPTPD

CDV4.3+otCDV3+:FFOrewoPTPDrewoPyrettaBpukcaB

3P CDV42+ CDV5.42+otCDV5.32+ rewoPretnirPcihparG

4P CDV21+ CDV6.21+otCDV4.11+ rewoPrepeeB

5P CDV8+ CDV11+otCDV52.7+ rotalugeRrewoPdraoBottupnI

6P CDV5+ CDV52.5+otCDV57.4+ rotalugeRrewoPdraoBmorftuptuO

7P DNG CDV0 CCDmetsyS

Test Points

INSIGHT DPT Controller Board (Premier B & C)

Page 198: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual8-6 Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00

INSIGHT DPT

Jumper Settings

Jumper and Switch Locations

SW1

Depressing SW2initiates a hard reset tothe controller boardprocessor and causesthe dipswitch settings ofSW1 to be read.

BATTERY

JU2

JU5 SW2JU7

1 2

1 2

1 2 3

OPEN JUMPER

ENABLED JUMPER

JUMPER ONPINS 1 & 2

Examples of JumpersJUMPER DESCRIPTION PINS 1 & 2 OPEN

JU2 FACTORY USE ONLY DIAGNOSTICSNORMAL

OPERATION

JU5 WATCHDOG* ENABLED DISABLED

JU7 POWER FAIL DETECT ENABLED DISABLED

*Watchdog is the power supervision of the controller board and should beenabled

The shadedareas indicatefactory settings.

Page 199: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 8-7

INSIGHT DPT

Configuring INSIGHT DPT Controller Board

INSIGHT / Dispenser Side Setting

SW1: Position 2

Factory settings:Side A INSIGHT™ controllerboard has position 2 setto ONSide B INSIGHT™ controllerboard has position 2 setto OFF

SW1 Switch Settings

INSIGHT Communication Rate Settings

SW1: Positions 1 and 8

The shadedareas indicatefactory settings.

InSight DPT / Dispenser Side Setting

SW1 Position 2 Dispenser Side

ON A

OFF B

RS-485 Communication Rate

UDC Port Comm 2 Site Controller Port Comm 1

SW1Position 1

Comm Rate(BPS)

SW1Position 8

Comm Rate(BPS)

ON 19,200 ON 19,200

OFF 9600 OFF 9600

Page 200: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual8-8 Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00

INSIGHT DPT

IMPORTANT!The INSIGHT AddressSetting MUST MATCHthe Dispenser Addressset in dispenserprogramming.Verify that it is correctupon start-up.

SWITCH POSITION # ADDRESS(1-16)3 4 5 6 7

ON ON ON ON ON 1

OFF ON ON ON ON 2

ON OFF ON ON ON 3

OFF OFF ON ON ON 4

ON ON OFF ON ON 5

OFF ON OFF ON ON 6

ON OFF OFF ON ON 7

OFF OFF OFF ON ON 8

ON ON ON OFF ON 9

OFF ON ON OFF ON 10

ON OFF ON OFF ON 11

OFF OFF ON OFF ON 12

ON ON OFF OFF ON 13

OFF ON OFF OFF ON 14

ON OFF OFF OFF ON 15

OFF OFF OFF OFF ON 16

SWITCH POSITION # ADDRESS(17-32)3 4 5 6 7

ON ON ON ON OFF 17

OFF ON ON ON OFF 18

ON OFF ON ON OFF 19

OFF OFF ON ON OFF 20

ON ON OFF ON OFF 21

OFF ON OFF ON OFF 22

ON OFF OFF ON OFF 23

OFF OFF OFF ON OFF 24

ON ON ON OFF OFF 25

OFF ON ON OFF OFF 26

ON OFF ON OFF OFF 27

OFF OFF ON OFF OFF 28

ON ON OFF OFF OFF 29

OFF ON OFF OFF OFF 30

ON OFF OFF OFF OFF 31

OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 32

INSIGHT Address Setting for Site Controller Port COMM 1

SW1: Positions 3 thru 7

Configuring INSIGHT DPT Controller Board(continued)

Refer to pages 8-6 for SW1location.

Page 201: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 8-9

INSIGHT DPT

Configuring INSIGHT DPT Controller Board(continued)

INSIGHT Board Connectors

J1 Beeper Connector1) Regulated +12 VDC2) Beeper On/Off

J2 Battery Connection1) +5 VDC (4.75 to 5.25 VDC)2) System DCC

J1

J2

J9

J14

J12

J6

J7

J3

J10

J4

J5

J16

J15

Page 202: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual8-10 Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00

INSIGHT DPT

J3 Cash Acceptor Connector1) DCC (for opto isolation) 3) Transmit serial data2) +5 VDC (for opto isolation) 4) Receive serial data

J4 Cash Acceptor Switch Sensor Connector1) Security enclosure switch detect (low = open security enclosure)2) System DCC

J5 Printer Control/Data Connector1) Data Write command signal 17) DCC2) Data signal, bit 0 18) DCC3) Data signal, bit 1 19) DCC (printer power supply)4) Data signal, bit 2 20) DCC (printer power supply)5) Data signal, bit 3 21) +20 VDC (19.75 to 20.5, printer p.s.)6) Data signal, bit 4 22) +20 VDC (19.75 to 20.5, printer p.s.)7) Data signal, bit 5 23) No Connection8) Data signal, bit 6 24) No Connection9) Data signal, bit 7 25) No Connection10) No Connection 26) +5 VDC* (low paper sensor, anode)11) +5 VDC (4.75 - 5.25 printer power) 27) Low Paper Sensor** (active low signal)12) +5 VDC (4.75 - 5.25 printer power) 28) Busy Printer (active low signal)13) No Connection 29) Paper Out Sensor (active low signal)14) DCC for printer power 30) Data Received (active low signal)15) DCC for printer power 31) Printer Error Condition (active low signal)16) Graphic Printer Detect 32) Reset Printer (active low signal)

J6 Magstripe Card Reader Connector1) Card fully inserted (active low signal) 6) +5 VDC (4.75 - 5.25)2) Track 2 card data 7) System DCC3) Card present in reader (active low signal) 8) Valid track 1 card data4) Valid track 2 card data 9) Track 1 card data5) No Connection

J7 DEM Connector (Data Encryption Module, also called Debit Module)1) No Connection 6) No Connection2) +8 VDC (7.5 - 15; 10 typical) 7) Not Used3) -RS485 Communication 8) System DCC4) +RS485 Communication 9) System DCC5) LCD Contrast voltage (-5 VDC)

J9 Site Controller RS485 Connector1) System DCC 3) +RS485 Communication2) System DCC 4) -RS485 Communication

INSIGHT Board Connectors

Configuring INSIGHT DPT Controller Board(continued)

Page 203: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 8-11

INSIGHT DPT

J10 UDC Connector1) System DCC 3) +RS485 Communication2) System DCC 4) -RS485 Communication

J12 Main Power Connector1) Regulated +24 VDC (23.5 - 24.5)2) Not used, voltage ranges from 8 to 12.5 VDC3) System DCC

J13 4 X 6 Keypad Connector1) System DCC 10) Row # 22) System DCC 11) Row # 33) No Connection 12) Row # 44) No Connection 13) Row # 55) Column # 1 14) Row # 66) Column # 2 15) Column # 17) Column # 3 16) Column # 28) Column # 4 17) Column # 39) Row # 1 18) Column # 4

J14 4X6 Keyboard Connector1) System DCC 7) Column # 02) Keypad present 8) Column # 13) Row # 4 9) Column # 24) Row # 5 10) Column # 35) Row # 6 11) Column # 46) Row # 7 12) Column # 5

J15 Softkeys Connector 1) System DCC 6) Row # 3 11) Row # 4 2) System DCC 7) Row # 2 12) Row # 3 3) Right Side Softkeys Present signal 8) Row # 1 13) Row # 2 4) Left Side Softkeys Present signal 9) Row # 0 14) Row # 1 5) Row # 4 10) Column # 7 15) Row # 0

16) Column # 6

J16 B & W Graphics Display Connector1) Scan Start Pulse 9) -25 VDC2) Latch Pulse 10) Data bit 03) Bit Clock 11) Data bit 14) Frame signal 12) Data bit 25) Adjustable Contrast Control voltage 13) Data bit 36) +5 VDC (4.75 - 5.25) 14) Display ON/OFF control7) Contrast voltage supplied by display 15) System DCC8) System DCC 16) B & W Graphics Display Present signal

Configuring INSIGHT DPT Controller Board(continued)

INSIGHT Board Connectors

Page 204: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual8-12 Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00

INSIGHT DPT

J1 B & W Graphics Display Connector1) Scan Start Pulse 9) -25 VDC2) Latch Pulse 10) Data bit 03) Bit Clock 11) Data bit 14) Frame signal 12) Data bit 25) Adjustable Contrast Control voltage 13) Data bit 36) +5 VDC (4.75 - 5.25) 14) Display ON/OFF control7) Contrast voltage supplied by display 15) System DCC8) System DCC 16) B & W Graphics Display Present signal

Adjusting Contrast of Graphic Display

Turn the contrast adjustment screw on the back of the display:• clockwise to darken the contrast• counter-clockwise to lighten the contrast

A miniature,insulated, straight-blade screwdriver issuggested foradjusting thecontrast on theINSIGHT DPTdisplay board.

CONTRASTADJUSTMENT

REAR VIEW OF INSIGHT DPT DISPLAY BOARD

CONNECTSTO J16 ONGRAPHIC DPTBOARDJ1

Page 205: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 8-13

INSIGHT DPT

INSIGHT DPT Keypad Keycodes (Premier B & C)

Keycodes for the various INSIGHT Keypads are shown below. During anyKeypad Test, when a keypad button is pressed, a keycode is displayed. These“maps” show the keycodes you should see when a keypad button is pressed.

Remote Keypad LayoutIf your dispenser is equipped withthis keypad, the keycodes for thekeypad buttons are shown at left.

Softkey Keypad LayoutIf your dispenser is equippedwith this display/keypad, thekeycodes for the associatedsoftkeys are shown at left.

OPERATOR INTERFACE KEYPAD NUMBERS(KEYPAD NUMBERS 7 & 19 ARE NOT USED)

18

12

24

61

20

8

4

17

5

11

23 21

15

22

16

10

3

9

13

2

14

INSIGHT DPT SOFTKEYS KEY NUMBERS

5455565758

4950515253

Page 206: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual8-14 Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00

INSIGHT DPT

INSIGHT DPT Diagnostics (Premier B & C)

Methods to Enter DiagnosticsThe preferred method to enter diagnostics is listed first.

• Enter mode 98 followed by a key press on the operatorinterface keypad

• Press a softkey while turning on power to the dispenser (useonly when above method fails)

• Jumper JU2 is connected when INSIGHT is powered up (useonly when above method fails)

Diagnostics EnteredWhen diagnostics is entered, this display appears.

Display Version Number

<-- Next

<-- Previous

<-- Execute

<-- Exit

Page 207: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 8-15

INSIGHT DPT

INSIGHT DPT Diagnostics (continued)

Tests which requireoperator action willtime out within severalseconds and return tothe Main Menu if nooperator input occurswithin the time-outperiod. For example,the Card Reader Testtimes out inapproximately eightseconds if no operatorinput occurs.

TESTNAME

NORMAL INDICATION PROBABLE CAUSEIF ABNORMAL

CORRECTIVEACTION

Display Version No. Version number of DPTController board isdisplayed"PROM Vers: xxxxxxxx"

N/A N/A

Printer Test DPT display will blank,24 lines of test pattern,19 blank lines, paper iscut, 2 blank lines. (Iferror, display:PRINTER ERROR; ifok, display: TESTCOMPLETE).

Defective printer

Out of paper

Replace the printer

Check paperIf fault still exists,replace the DPTController board

Card Reader Test

"Enter a card"

"Remove a card"

Success or failure isindicated on DPTdisplay:

"Track 1: Ok Track 2: Ok"

Dirty card reader

Defective cardreader

Card inserted wrong

Clean card reader withCard Reader Cleaner,pt. no. 2-232990 (qty.50) available fromService Parts

Try card on anothercard reader. Replacethe card reader. If faultstill exists, replace theDPT Controller board

Insert card correctly

Keyboard Test(4x6 keypad, TDSkeypad, or Non-Debit Softkeys)

"Press a key"As each key ispressed, the displayshows the key #, and atone sounds.

Defective keypad Replace the keypad.If fault still exists,replace the DPTController board.

Graphic DisplayTest

Display all 8s for 5seconds

Defective display Replace the display.If fault still exists,replace the DPTController board.

RAM Test Displays RAM TEST INPROGRESS, followedby RAM OK. If an erroris detected, displays ICU5 FAILED

Defective DPTController board

Replace the DPTController board.

Bill Acceptor Test Accepts paper moneyDisplays the valueReturns the papermoney

Defective CashAcceptor or DPTController board

Replace CashAcceptor orReplace DPTController board

Comm Monitor Test Display indicatesstatus of each COMMline: On Line or Off Line

Defective DPTController board

Replace the DPTController board

Page 208: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual8-16 Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00

INSIGHT DPT

INSIGHT DPT Diagnostics (continued)

Tests whichrequire operatoraction (i.e. CardReader Test) willtime out andreturn to theMain Menu if nooperator inputoccurs within thetime-out period.

TESTNAME

NORMAL INDICATION PROBABLE CAUSEIF ABNORMAL

CORRECTIVE ACTION

Read DIP Switch DPT display shows thecommunication rates andaddress settings by theswitch:

(example)"Comm 1 9600 Addr 1 Comm 2 19200 Addr 1"

DIP switches not setcorrectly

Set DIP switchescorrectly. If fault stillexists, replace DPTController board.(see "ConfiguringINSIGHT DPT ControllerBoard" in this section formore information)

Debit Display Test(TDS Plus only)

Displays small blacksquares for 5 seconds;digits; main menu 5seconds later

Defective display onTDS Plus DebitModule

Replace TDS PlusModule

Debit Keyboard Test(TDS Plus only)

Press each key; keynumber displayed on debitdisplay; alert tone sounds

Defective Keyboard onTDS Plus Module

Replace TDS PlusModule

Watch Dog Test (Watch dog enable jumperJU5 must be connected).System reset will occur.

DPT Controller board Replace the DPTController board.

Display Test (4x20) Currently not supported N/A N/A

Display Checksum, Displays checksum for theEPROM on CPU board

DPT Controller board Replace the DPTController board

Read Printer Sensors Displays the quantity ofpaper in the printer:PRINTER PAPER FULLPRINTER PAPER LOWPRINTER PAPER OUT

Printer may be out ofpaperDefective printer,cable, or DPTController.

Add paper to the printer

Replace printer, cable, orDPT Controller.

Batt Back RAM Test Displays PASS or FAIL asdetermined by the RAMtest

DPT Controller board Replace the DPTController board

Bill Acceptor Vers Shows model number andsoftware version number ofthe cash acceptor

Defective ordisconnected CashAcceptor

Check Cash Acceptorcabling, power, and DPTController board LEDs

Show Printer Type "Tear Bar" (Premier B)"Cutter" (Premier C)

Show Configuration Displays a list of DPToptions with the keywordsYES or NO:YES = option is presentNO = option is not present

Informative Test N/A

Injection Status Displays injection status ofmodule, prompts, andkeypad definition.

Defective or missingTED module innetwork or DPT boardnot injected

Replace or add TEDmodule to network orreplace DPT Controllerboard

Page 209: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 8-17

INSIGHT DPT

Troubleshooting INSIGHT DPT CommunicationProblems (Premier B & C)

SYMPTOM PROBABLE CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

System cannotcommunicate withthe INSIGHT DPT(cannot run sales)

If problem appears to be with more than one dispenser:

Console not polling INSIGHTDPTs

Defective communicationscables from Model 69 box to sitecontroller

DPT communications boardfailure in site controller

DPT communications cableconnected to wrong port

Tokheim site controllercommunications board notseated properly

Failure of one DPT, locking up allDPTs

Reinitialize Console

Use conventional troubleshooting methods tocheck cable

Replace communications board in sitecontroller

Connect to correct port

Properly seat board

Remove power from DPTs one at a time

If problem appears to be with one dispenser (both sides):

Power supply failure

INSIGHT DPT power switchesnot on

Model 69 box switches set off-line

INSIGHT DPT was disabled, thenenabled while a download fromthe site controller was in process

Replace options power supply

Turn on INSIGHT DPT power switches

Set Model 69 switches to on-line

Wait for site controller to time out or powerdown, then power up site controller

If problem appears to be with one INSIGHT DPT:

INSIGHT DPT assigned wrongaddress

INSIGHT DPT not activated

INSIGHT DPT controller boardfailure.

Verify that all DPTs have unique addresseson this DPT line. Verify that SW1 addresssetting and site controller programmedaddresses are the same.

Activate INSIGHT DPT at site controller

Replace INSIGHT DPT controller board

Page 210: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual8-18 Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00

INSIGHT DPT

Troubleshooting INSIGHT DPT CommunicationProblems (continued)

SYMPTOM PROBABLE CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

Intermittent loss ofcommunications

Noise induced intocommunication lines

1. Verify dispensers, interface boxes, andconsoles are properly grounded per theinstallation manual.2. Verify all equipment is on same electricalphase.3. Verify DPT cable is of correct type, size,and rating.4. Verify ACH & ACC for lights andelectronics are separate and not crossedwired (per Installation manual).5. Verify connections in dispenser andinterface boxes.

DPT lockup due to lowerreliability of old level software

Communication dropout due tofailing protocol converter (B & Bconnector)

Improperly installed or failingcable between interface box andPOS

Communication dropout due tofailing component or filecorruption in POS

Upgrade DPT software

Replace protocol converter

Verify installation and connectors, or replacecable

Reload and/or repair POS

Loss ofcommunication on1/3 to 2/3 of DPTson site

Logical failure on controller orPOS perventing certain DPTsfrom being polled by POS

Reload software and/or repair POS/controller

INSIGHT DTPconstantly displays"PAY AT PUMPOPTION NOTAVAIL. NOWPLEASE SEECASHIER"

INSIGHT Controller board failure

Network is off-line

Console is in manager mode

Console is doing a shift report

Console is not configuredcorrectly

See "System cannotcommunicate..." on previouspage

Replace INSIGHT Controller board

Wait for network to come on-line

Wait for manager to exit to sales mode

Wait for shift report to end

Configure console correctly for this INSIGHTDPT

Page 211: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 8-19

INSIGHT DPT

Troubleshooting INSIGHT DPT Display Problems(Premier B & C)

SYMPTOM PROBABLE CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

INSIGHT DPTdisplay is blank

No power to INSIGHT DPT

INSIGHT DPT display is notconnected

INSIGHT DPT display failure

Contrast is not set correctly

Defective TDS+ debit module

Keypad failure

INSIGHT DPT controller boardfailure

Check DPT power switch, circuit breaker onoptions power supply, and circuit breakerson AC distribution board

Connect display to INSIGHT DPT controller

Replace INSIGHT DPT display

Check contrast adjustment

Replace debit module

Turn off power, disconnect the keypad, turnpower back on:- If the display returns to normal operation,turn power back off and replace keypad.- If fault still exists, reconnect keypad, andcheck other possible causes.

Replace DPT controller board

INSIGHT DPTdisplay is dark

Backlight connector is notconnected to INSIGHT DPT

Contrast is not set correctly

Defective backlight

INSIGHT DPT controller boardfailure

Connect backlight connector to ACDistribution board

Check contrast adjustment

Replace INSIGHT DPT display backlightfluorescent tube

Replace INSIGHT DPT controller board

INSIGHT DPTdisplay is garbled

INSIGHT DPT not initializedproperly

INSIGHT display board failure

INSIGHT DPT controller boardfailure

Remove power from INSIGHT DPT andrestore power to INSIGHT DPT

Replace display board

Replace DPT controller board

Check diagnostics to verify that the problemis not with the site contoller

Page 212: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual8-20 Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00

INSIGHT DPT

Troubleshooting INSIGHT Operational Problems(Premier B & C)

SYMPTOM PROBABLE CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

INSIGHT 4 x 6keypad on printerdial (if installed)does not work

INSIGHT keypad is notconnected to UDC display board

Keypad failure

Defective UDC display board,mother board, or ribbon cable

Old version software on INSIGHTcontroller

Connect the DPT keypad to UDC displayboard

Replace keypad

Check diagnostics to verify problem is notthe site controller

Upgrade software

INSIGHT cardreader does notwork

Card reader not connected toINSIGHT DPT controller board

Card reader failure or dirty

INSIGHT DPT not activated

INSIGHT DPT controller boardfailure

Connect card reader to DPT controller board

Clean or replace card reader

Activate INSIGHT DPT and let it initialize

Replace INSIGHT DPT controller board

INSIGHT graphicprinter will not printreceiptsorINSIGHT graphicprinter did not printtest receipt afterchanging paper

No AC power at INSIGHT DPT

Paper release lever not engagedon printer

Out of paper

Printer connector not connectedat INSIGHT DPT printer orINSIGHT DPT controller board

Paper jammed

Paper not inserted correctly

Did not answer YES to receiptquestion

Not using heat sensitive paper

Printer failure

INSIGHT DPT controller boardfailure

Turn on INSIGHT DPT power at OptionsPower Supply

Set printer release lever to proper position

Install new roll of paper

Make proper connections at the printer orINSIGHT DPT controller board

Remove paper jam; if necessary, removepaper cutter assembly

Insert paper with heat sensitive side up

Answer YES to receipt question when itappears

Obtain correct paper from Tokheim ServiceParts (219-470-4710)

Replace printer

Replace INSIGHT DPT controller board

Page 213: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 8-21

INSIGHT DPT

Troubleshooting INSIGHT Operational Problems(continued)

SYMPTOM PROBABLE CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

Softkeys keypaddoes not work

Keypad not connected to DPTController board at connectorJ15

Keypad not connected to keypadharness

Site controller has not enabledthe softkeys

Mode 29 not programmedcorrectly

Connect to J15

Connect keypad to harness

Verify keypad operation in diagnostic mode

See mode 29 in Premier Programmingmanual

Authorizationrequest immediatelyfails

Dispenser not assigned to thisINSIGHT DPT

INSIGHT controller board failure

At the site controller, assign dispenser to thisINSIGHT DPT in dispenser assignmentmode.Verify that SW1 address setting and sitecontroller programmed address are thesame.Verify communications in diagnostics mode.

Replace INSIGHT DPT controller board

Authorizationrequest fails after afew moments

Console not configured correctly

Network failure

Fuel sale due at console

DPT controller board failure

Correctly configure console for INSIGHT DPTsales

Console has lost communications withnetwork

Collect sale and try again

Replace INSIGHT DPT controller board

DPT does notprompt customers inregard to fleet anddebit transactions

Console powered up before thesite controller was powered up

Defective site controller software

TED injected incorrectly

DPT debit module not injected

Site controller not enabled foroutside debit

TED not installed

DPT controller board softwaredoes not support debit functions

Toggle power on the console while sitecontroller is on

Install new site controller software

Replace TED unit

Replace DPT debit module

Enable outside debit on site controller

Install TED in system

Replace DPT board software with TDS orTDS Plus software

Page 214: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual8-22 Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00

INSIGHT DPT

The Card Reader in the INSIGHT uses a magnetic reader head (much like thekind found in tape recorders) to read the magnetic stripe on the cards.Periodically, this head requires maintenance, and in extremely dirtyconditions MUST be cleaned regularly. The recommended method ofcleaning involves the use of a saturated, specially constructed, disposable,cleaning card. Head cleaning MUST be done periodically to ensure theintegrity of the data being processed, and to reduce the need for costly andtime-consuming service calls.

1. Obtain a disposable CREDIT CARD READER CLEANER fromTokheim Service Parts.

2. Remove cleaning card from the CREDIT CARD READERCLEANER envelope.

3. Insert and remove the cleaning card (fiber side towards the magnetichead) in the card reader several times.

4. After the cleaning card has been run through the card reader, wait longenough to allow the cleaning card to dry.

5. When dry, again insert the cleaning card into the reader to allow the drycleaning card surface to remove leftover stubborn contaminants.

6. Discard the cleaning card after use.

In the event that cleaning does not solve the problem, replace the cardreader assembly.

Card Reader Cleaning (Premier B & C)

Order credit cardcleaners from:Tokheim Service PartsPhone: (219) 470-4710FAX: 1-800-866-1999

Case of 50Part Number 2-232990

Page 215: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 8-23

INSIGHT DPT

1. Insert the TPX-88 key and turnclockwise to unlock the printer dial.Gently pull on the top of the printerdial, allowing it to swing forward.

2. Tip the paper holder back as shown.Remove the old paper roll andspindle (picture ¿).

3. Put the new paper roll onto thespindle as shown below left (pictureÀ). It is very important which waythe paper comes off the roll.

4. Replace the paper roll and spindle tothe spindle holder slots (picture Á) routingthe paper path as shown.

¿¿¿¿¿

ÁÁÁÁÁÀÀÀÀÀ

ÂÂÂÂÂ5. Fold the loose end of the paper roll

½" onto itself. Guide the foldededge of the paper into the slotshown in picture Â.

6. The printer will sense the presenceof the paper and pull the paper intothe print mechanism. A test receiptwill be printed and delivered to thereceipt chute.

Ñ

Changing Paper on a Graphic Printer – Premier B

Paper for the graphic printermust be ordered from:Tokheim CorporationService Parts DivisionP.O. Box 663Fremont, IN 46737

Part Number: 7-230492 (50-roll case)

Phone: 219-470-4710Fax: 1-800-866-1999

Page 216: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual8-24 Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00

INSIGHT DPT

7. While rotating the paperholder back into the lockedposition, spin the paper rollto take up the slack paper(shown in picture Ã).

ÃÃÃÃÃ

8. Close Printer Dial. Turn the TPX-88 key counterclockwise to lock.

9. Open the receipt door and remove thereceipt as shown in picture Ä. The testreceipt should look similar to the oneshown in picture Å.

ÄÄÄÄÄ

ÅÅÅÅÅ

Changing Paper on a Graphic Printer – Premier B(continued)

Page 217: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 8-25

INSIGHT DPT

Changing Paper on a Graphic Printer – Premier B(continued)

Rear view of the Graphic Printer showing location and orientation of theprinter paper roll.

Page 218: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual8-26 Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00

INSIGHT DPT

1. Insert the TPX-88 key and turnclockwise to unlock the printerdial. Gently pull on the top ofthe printer dial, allowing it toswing forward (picture ¿).

¿¿¿¿¿

ÁÁÁÁÁ

ÀÀÀÀÀ2. Lightly push down on the tab as shown in

picture À. This is a friction fit, so it won'ttake much to get it loose.

3. Swing the printer assembly away from the Printer Dial (picture Á). Thisallows access to the paper jam.

CIRCLED SLOTS REFER TO STEP 6.

Clearing a Paper Jam on a Graphic Printer – Premier B

Page 219: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 8-27

INSIGHT DPT

Clearing a Paper Jam on a Graphic Printer – Premier B(continued)

ÂÂÂÂÂ

ÃÃÃÃÃ

ÄÄÄÄÄ

ÅÅÅÅÅ

4. If the paper jam isbetween the cutter andthe print mechanism, liftthe paper release levershown in picture  andraise the printmechanism. This allowsthe paper to slide throughthe print mechanism asshown in picture Ã.

5. After the jam has beencleared, reinstall paperinto the printer followingthe directions for paperroll replacement.

6. Return theprinter towardsthe printer dial.While doingso, make surethat the tabsshown inpicture Äslides into theslots as shownin picture Á(previous page,step 3) andpicture Å above right.

7. Two buttons are provided to assistwith paper handling. The FeedButton, when pressedmomentarily, will advance thereceipt paper one line. If the FeedButton is held down, the receiptpaper will continuously feed untilthe button is released. The Feed/Cut Button, when pressed, willprint a test receipt, cut the paper,and deliver the test receipt to thereceipt chute.

TAB

SLOT

FEED BUTTON

FEED / CUT BUTTON

ÆÆÆÆÆ

PRINTER

PAPER RELEASELEVER

CUTTER

Page 220: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual8-28 Form 4817A Version 2.0 May 2000

INSIGHT DPT

Changing Paper on an INSIGHT™ DPT Printer –Premier C

Thermal Paper Specifications:Package: 50 rolls per casePaper type: ThermalPart No.: Tokheim 7-230492Shelf life: 5 years

(when stored indarkness below25° C, relativehumidity of 65%)

Order printer paper from:Tokheim Service PartsPhone: (219) 470-4710FAX: 1-800-866-1999

To prevent jammingand to preserve printquality, use thethermal paperrecommended below.

1. Unlock and open the left door of the electronics enclosure with a TPX-88key. The printer is mounted to the back of the door.

2. Pull out on the two retaining tabs (À) to remove the old paper roll.3. Install a new paper roll with the paper coming off of the roll as shown

(Á).4. Route the paper as shown and guide the edge of the paper into the printer

mechanism slot (Â). The printer (with power applied) will sense thepresence of the paper and pull the paper into the print mechanism. A testreceipt will be printed and delivered to the receipt chute (not shown).

5. Remove and inspect the receipt.6. Turn the paper roll back the opposite direction to take up any slack paper.7. Close the door and lock it using the TPX-88 key.

ÁÁÁÁÁ

ÂÂÂÂÂ

ÀÀÀÀÀ ÀÀÀÀÀ

Page 221: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 2.0 May 2000 8-29

INSIGHT DPT

Clearing a Paper Jam on an INSIGHT DPT Printer –Premier C

1. Unlock and open the left door of the electronics enclosure with aTPX-88 key. The printer is located on the back of the door.

2. Push the paper release lever (¿) down and pull the paper upfrom the printer (À) and cutter (Á) mechanisms. The releaselever is located to the right side of the printer mechanism asshown below.

3. Pull the top of the receipt chute (Â) toward you so that it rests ina fully open position as shown on the next page.

4. Rotate the cutter mechanism (Á) down.5. Inspect the printer and the cutter mechanism for paper jams.

Carefully remove any paper found in the locations shown.

CAUTIONDo not use screwdrivers or any other tools to removepaper from inside the printer or cutter mechanisms.Severe damage could occur.

6. Return the printer and cutter mechanisms to their originalposition. Rotate the receipt chute back to its original position.

7. Reinstall the paper by following the instructions on theprevious page.

"FEED" button – Press once toadvance paper one line. Hold toadvance paper continuously."F/CUT" button – Press to print, cut,and deliver a test receipt to the receiptchute.

ÀÀÀÀÀ ¿¿¿¿¿ÁÁÁÁÁ

!

Page 222: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual8-30 Form 4817A Version 2.0 May 2000

INSIGHT DPT

Clearing a Paper Jam on an INSIGHT DPT Printer –Premier C (continued)

ÀÀÀÀÀÁÁÁÁÁ

ÂÂÂÂÂ

ÀÀÀÀÀ

ÁÁÁÁÁ

ÂÂÂÂÂ

CAREFULLYREMOVE ANYPIECES OFPAPER FOUND INTHESELOCATIONS(SEE CAUTIONABOVE)

ÀÀÀÀÀ

ÁÁÁÁÁ

ÂÂÂÂÂ

CAUTIONDo not use screwdrivers or any other tools toremove paper from inside the printer or cuttermechanisms. Severe damage could occur.

!

Page 223: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 9-1

MaxVac System

Scope

This section provides information about the general operation of the TokheimMaxVac Vapor Recovery System. It is important that you understand therequirements of the system before you attempt to operate or maintain theequipment. Diagnostic and Technical procedures should ONLY be performed bya Tokheim Authorized Service Representative (ASR).

Theory of Operation

Generally, the Tokheim MaxVac Vapor Recovery System operates by providingvacuum to the vapor recovery plumbing which is in direct proportion to the fueldelivery rate of the dispenser. In doing so, a vacuum is produced at the nozzlespout which will pull in vapors (produced within the unsealed vehicle fuel tankfill pipe) before they can escape into the atmosphere. In this way the systemefficiently manages the fuel vapors without the need of a cumbersome, bellows-style nozzle.

The drawing on the next page depicts the overall system. The flow pattern of thevapors produced during fueling operation are indicated as they are directed intothe storage system.

Section 9 ContentsUnderground Tank & Piping Diagram ............................................ 9-2

Nozzle / Vehicle Fill Pipe................................................................ 9-3

MaxVac System Components........................................................ 9-3

MaxVac System Certification Requirements .................................. 9-4

MaxVac System Tests ................................................................... 9-4

Problems at Power-Up? ................................................................ 9-5

MaxVac Error LEDs ....................................................................... 9-6

MaxVac Multiplex Board ................................................................ 9-8

MaxVac Blend Control Board ......................................................... 9-9

MaxVac Power Supply Board ...................................................... 9-10

MaxVac Motor Control Board ........................................................ 9-11

MaxVac Mini Motor Control Board ............................................... 9-13

Section 9: MaxVac Vapor Recovery System (Premier B & C)

Page 224: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual9-2 Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00

MaxVac System

Page 225: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 9-3

MaxVac System

l rM

Electrically Driven VariableSpeed Vapor Pump

Tokheim Premier Dispenser

Vacuum Pump Outlet

Adapter Break-A-Way, CoaxialHoses and "Bootless" Nozzle

MaxVacElectronics

Direction of Vapors

Vapor Return Line to storage System

VacuumPumpInlet

See Nozzle drawing above

Vapors generated during fill

Fill Pipe Baffle and Filler Neck Vent Holes

Vehicle Fill Pipe

Radial Spout Holes(Vacuum Ports)

Nozzle EfficiencyCompliance Device(ECD)

Nozzle/Vehicle Fill Pipe

MaxVac System ComponentsThe fuel vapors are drawn into the system by means of the vacuum created by themotor pump located in the dispenser raceway. The vapors are then conductedthrough the pump, combined with vapors from the other side of the dispenser,and are pumped down and through the piping, into the top of the undergroundstorage tanks (UST).

This drawing shows that the vapors are drawn into the nozzle through the radialopenings in the spout end.

Page 226: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual9-4 Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00

MaxVac System

MaxVac System Certification RequirementsTo insure that the MaxVac vapor recovery system remains in compliance withCalifornia Air Resources Board (CARB) certification requirements, please referto the CARB Executive Order G-70-154. The CARB Executive Order includesthe following information:

• Exhibit 1 - List of the equipment certified for use with theMaxVac system (#0431)

• Exhibit 2 - Installation and performance specifications forthe system (#0432)

• Exhibit 3 - Procedure for testing the static pressure integrityof the vapor recovery system (#0433)

• Exhibit 4 - Ten gallon per minute limitation complianceverification procedure (#0434)

• Executive Order G-70-154 - Includes all Exhibits (#0430)

A copy of the CARB Executive Order is available through Tokheim’s FAX-On-Demand service (24-hours-a-day, 7-days-a-week). To access this service, dial(219) 484-1864 and follow the automated instructions to retrieve your document.To receive the complete CARB Executive Order or separate exhibits, request theappropriate 4-digit document number shown above.

MaxVac System TestsPreform the following tests to insure that the MaxVac system is functioningproperly and has no leaks in the vapor tube connections. See the MaxVacOwner’s Manual, Form 4857 for testing the MaxVac vapor recovery system.

• Vapor system visual check• Static Pressure Decay Test• MaxVac System Air-to-Liquid (A/L) Ratio Test• Dispenser flow rate check

Page 227: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 9-5

MaxVac System

Problems at Power-Up?An error code is displayed in the volume display when the dispenser detectsa problem. The following chart should be referred to when error codes 23,24, or 31 through 34 are displayed AND an error LED (see below) isilluminated (located either on the Multiplex board [non-blend] or on theBlend Control board [blenders]).

Error conditions are reset by turning the MaxVac Power Supply switch OFF,then ON or by going into, then exiting, Manager mode. Error conditions arealso reset by pressing and holding the lower left key of the operator interfacekeypad for 5 seconds.

Non-Blend DispenserERR 3x Number of dispenser pulser errors forhose (x) has reached the pulser error limit programmedin manager mode F21. The sale is terminated as a badsale.NOTE: If an err # is displayed and an errorLED is ON, then the problem is a MaxVacproblem. If no error LED is on, then theproblem is as described above.

Check all of the following as possiblereasons for MaxVac errors:

Blender DispenserERR 23 Product 1 pulser is disconnected

ERR 24 Product 2 pulser is disconnected

Note: Report error occurrences to your Authorized Service Representative (ASR)

• Power Supply is turned off• Circuit breaker tripped (on

Power Supply Assembly)• Overcurrent or locked

rotor condition (pluggedinlet/outlet vapor line)

• Bad speed feedback signal(disconnected speed sensor)

• Motor controller IC too hot(It will shut itself off)

• Low motor drive voltage

OPERATORINTERFACEKEYPAD

ERROR CONDITIONS ARE RESET BY PRESSING AND HOLDINGTHE LOWER LEFT KEY OF THE OPERATOR INTERFACE KEYPADFOR 5 SECONDS.

×

Page 228: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual9-6 Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00

MaxVac System

LED 1 - SIDE AERROR(WHEN ON)

LED 2 - SIDE BERROR(WHEN ON)

LED 1 - SIDE AERROR(WHEN ON)

LED 2 - SIDE BERROR(WHEN ON)

J4 MAXVACINTERFACE

Blend Control Board

Rev. 4 Multiplex Board

MaxVac Error LEDsLEDs are normally off, an error is indicated when the LED is ON.

J4 BLENDCONTROLINTERFACE

Page 229: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 9-7

MaxVac System

MaxVac Error LEDs (continued)

SW2

J4 MAXVACINTERFACE

LED 2 - SIDE BERROR (WHEN ON)

LED 1 - SIDE AERROR (WHEN ON)

Rev. 5 Multiplex Board

Revision 5 only Multiplex boards (part #421420-1) have an eight positiondip switch labeled SW2. These switches control the operation of the MaxVacMotor Pumps. A switch in the ON position allows operation of the MaxVacMotor Pump for that hose outlet. A switch in the OFF position will not letthe MaxVac Motor Pump work for that hose outlet (typically used for dieselhose outlets). Boards are shipped from the factory with all positions ofswitch SW2 in the ON position. If these switches were not set when theMultiplex board was installed into the card cage, refer to the chart below toset the switches for your dispenser.

SWITCH CONTROLSPOSITION HOSE

1 A12 A23 A34 A45 B16 B27 B38 B4

SW2

Page 230: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual9-8 Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00

MaxVac System

MaxVac Multiplex Board (Part no. 421420)

To Mother Bd. J7 To Mother Bd. J13 To Mother Bd. J26

LED 2 - MAXVAC SIDE BERROR (WHEN ON)

TP1 TP2 TP315VDC 5VDC GND

Functions of the MaxVac Multiplex Board:• Pump handle interface and identification• Pulser selection• Motor and valve control selection• MaxVac interface

Differences from the 417333 Multiplex board:• Right angle connector J4 for MaxVac• LED’s for visual indication of dispenser errors• Circuitry to allow the electronics to display errors

LED1- MAXVAC SIDE AERROR (WHEN ON)

J4 MaxVac Interface Connector1 Pulser 1A 6 No Connection2 Pulser 2A 7 Error Side A3 No Connection 8 Error side B4 Pulser 1B 9 +5 VDC5 Pulser 2B 10 DCC

J4

Page 231: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 9-9

MaxVac System

Blend Control Board - 421574

TO MOTHER BD J26TO MOTHER BD J13TO MOTHER BD J7

• Used only in Blend dispensers• Calculates blending ratio• Receives pulser and handle signals• Monitors for pulser disconnect• Controls motors, blending valves, and dual-flow valves• Receives commands from and reports status to the master

processor on the Expanded Computer Board• Supplies Motor Control for MaxVac system• 421186 (for non MaxVac)

J4

J4 MaxVac Interface Connector1 Pulser 1A 6 No Connection2 Pulser 2A 7 Error Side A3 No Connection 8 Error side B4 Pulser 1B 9 +5 VDC5 Pulser 2B 10 DCC

LED 2 - MAXVAC SIDE BERROR (WHEN ON)

LED1- MAXVAC SIDE AERROR (WHEN ON)

Page 232: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual9-10 Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00

MaxVac System

The MaxVac Power Supply Board (Part no. 421271)

SW2

LED3

TP5TP4TP3TP2TP1

TP6

LED2

SW1

LED1

• Supplies power for the MaxVac vapor recovery system• Provides visual indicators for power and error conditions• Current protection via circuit breakers

Circuit Breakers are connectedvia J2. Circuit Breakersmounted on the frame of theassembly:

Volts Current Rating36 DC 2.5A36 DC 2.5A20 DC .7A120 AC 2A

SW2 Side A power Turns on 20V and 36V power for side ASW1 Side B power Turns on 20V and 36V power for side B

TP6,1 GNDTP5 20V side A 19.0V - 21.0VTP4 20V side B 19.0V - 21.0VTP3 36V side A 35.0V - 37.0VTP2 36V side B 35.0V - 37.0V

J1 - AC Input from AC Dist. Bd.J2 - Circuit BreakersJ3 - DC Output to Motor ControlJ4 - From transformer secondaryJ5/J6 - 120V/240V AC power to

transformer assembly

J1 J6J5

J4

J3

J2

END VIEW OF LED’S

Wiring diagramsfor the MaxVacsystem areavailable inSection 4 of thismanual.

LED 3 - SIDE A DC POWER 20V, 36V

LED 2 - 36V OVERVOLTAGE SIDE A, B

LED 1 - SIDE B DC POWER 20V, 36V

Page 233: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 9-11

MaxVac System

The MaxVac Motor Control Board (Part no. 421280)

For Premier B (45") Series Dispensers Only

LED 1 SIDE A POWER,ERROR

LED’s: ON = Positive indication

Examples:LED 5 = ON, ON (both on)indicates power is on for side B,and an error has occurred forside B.LED 3 = OFF, ON indicates thatMotor A is off, Motor B is on (LEDblinks when running).A2 and B2 LED’s are for Blendedproducts only

J1

J2

J9

J4

J3

J5

J6

J7

J8

All Jumpers arefactory set. Donot changejumper settings.

SIDE AA/L ADJUST

SIDE BA/L ADJUST

• Supplies motor control for the MaxVac vapor recovery system• Provides visual indicators for power and error conditions• Provides test points for power and error conditions

Error conditions are reset by pressing and holding the lower left keypadbutton on the operator interface keypad for 5 seconds.

TP1 = Side A; TP3 = Side BIndividual pin descriptions: 1 GND Ground potential 2 Pulser A1 Pulse signal with motor on 3 5V 4.9V - 5.25V 4 Pulser A2 Pulse signal on blend

product with motor on 5 ERROR 4.8V - 5.0V signal =

Error condition 6 GND Ground potential 7 36V 35.0V - 37.0V 8 20V 19.0V - 21.0V 9 15V 14.75V - 15.25V10 6.2V 6.2V - 6.5V

LED 5 SIDE B POWER,ERROR

LED 4 PULSER B1, B2

LED 3 MOTOR A, B

LED 2 PULSER A1, A2

TP1

TP3

Page 234: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual9-12 Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999

MaxVac System

J1 Power side A1 - Phase 12 - Phase 23 - Phase 3

J2 DC Power Input1, 2 - DCC (DC Common)3 - 20 VDC, side A4 - 20 VDC, side B5 - 36 VDC, side A6 - 36 VDC, side B

J3 Power side B1 - Phase 12 - Phase 23 - Phase 3

J4 Test Output (Factory use only)

J5, J7 Connectors for future use

J6, J8 Sensors side A, side B1 - Sensor C2 - Sensor B3 - Sensor A4 - +6.2 VDC5 - DCC6 - Motor CFG

J9 Pulser Input1 - Pulser 1A2 - Pulser 2A3 - Premier reset4 - Pulser 1B5 - Pulser 2B6 - N/C7 - Error side A8 - Error side B9 - +5 VDC10 - DCC

Connectors

The MaxVac Motor Control Board (continued)

Wiring diagramsfor the MaxVacsystem areavailable inSection 4 of thismanual.

Page 235: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 9-13

MaxVac System

The MaxVac Mini Motor Control Board - Part no. 421449

For Premier B (30") & Premier C Series Dispensers

• Supplies motor control for the MaxVac vapor recovery system• Provides visual indicators for power and error conditions• Provides test points for power and error conditions

LED 1 Pulser 1LED 2 Pulser (Blend)LED 3 MotorLED 4 PowerLED 5 Error

Test Points1 5V 4.9V - 5.25V2 Sensor A Motor On3 6.2V 6.2V - 6.5V4 GND Ground potential5 15V 14.75V - 15.25V6 20V 19.0V - 21.0V7 36V 35.0V - 37.0V

LED Indicator Examples:

LED 5 = ON indicates poweris on and an error hasoccurred.

LED 3 = ON indicates theMaxVac Motor on(LED blinks when running).

LED 2 is for Blended productsonly.

All Jumpers arefactory set. Donot changejumper settings.

MaxVac Mini Motor Control Board - 421449

LED 2

TEST POINTS 1 – 3 TEST POINTS 4 – 7

Error conditions are reset by pressing and holding the lower left keypad buttonon the operator interface keypad for 5 seconds.

LED 1 LED 3 LED 4 LED 5

R43 A/L ADJUST

Page 236: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual9-14 Form 4817A Version 2.0 May 2000

MaxVac System

J1 Sensors to Vapor Pump Assembly1 - Sensor C2 - Sensor B3 - Sensor A4 - +6.2 VDC5 - DCC6 - Motor CFG

J2 Power to Vapor Pump Assembly1 - Phase 12 - Phase 23 - Phase 3

J3 DC Power Input1 - DCC (DC Common)2 - No Connection3 - 20 VDC4 - 36 VDC

J4 Pulser Input1 - Pulser 12 - Pulser 23 - Premier Reset4 - MaxVac Error5 - +5 VDC6 - DCC

Connectors

The MaxVac Mini Motor Control Board (continued)

Wiring diagramsfor the MaxVacsystem areavailable inSection 4 of thismanual.

Page 237: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 10-1

Soleniod Coils

ScopeThis section will explain the diagnostic procedures available for testingdual-flow valves and their coils in a Tokheim dispenser.

Section 10 ContentsChecking Coil Voltages ................................................................. 10-2

Checking Coil Resistance ............................................................. 10-3

Wiring Diagrams ........................................................................... 10-4

Section 10: Solenoid Valve Coil DiagnosticsPremier B & C

Page 238: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual10-2 Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00

Soleniod Coils

Checking Coil Voltages

1. Equipment Needed: Multimeter with AC Volts and Ohms test ranges.

2. Set the multimeter on AC Volts and check the actual voltage at the leadwire harness on the coil. NOTE: RED is the common lead.

3. FOR 110/120 VAC ApplicationsWhen the valve is in full-flow, the voltage should be:

50Hz. 60Hz.Across the red and yellow leads: 110 VAC 120 VACAcross the red and black leads: 110 VAC 120 VACAcross the yellow and black leads short circuit (0 volts)

When the valve is in low-flow, the voltage should be:50Hz. 60Hz.

Across the red and yellow leads: 110 VAC 120 VACAcross the red and black leads: 0 VAC 0 VACAcross the yellow and black leads 110 VAC 120 VAC

When the valve is off (i.e., no flow), the voltage should be:50Hz. 60Hz.

Across the red and yellow leads: 0 VAC 0 VACAcross the red and black leads: 0 VAC 0 VACAcross the yellow and black leads 0 VAC 0 VAC

4. FOR 220/240 VAC ApplicationsWhen the valve is in full-flow, the voltage should be:

50Hz. 60Hz.Across the red and yellow leads: 220 VAC 240 VACAcross the red and black leads: 220 VAC 240 VACAcross the yellow and black leads short circuit (0 volts)

When the valve is in low-flow, the voltage should be:50Hz. 60Hz.

Across the red and yellow leads: 220 VAC 240 VACAcross the red and black leads: 0 VAC 0 VACAcross the yellow and black leads 220 VAC 240 VAC

When the valve is off (i.e., no flow), the voltage should be:50Hz. 60Hz.

Across the red and yellow leads: 0 VAC 0 VACAcross the red and black leads: 0 VAC 0 VACAcross the yellow and black leads 0 VAC 0 VAC

Page 239: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 10-3

Soleniod Coils

Checking Coil Voltages (continued)5. OVERVOLTAGE: If the voltage is over the nominal voltage, the coil

could eventually overheat causing coil turns to short and ultimatelycausing an open circuit.

6. UNDER-VOLTAGE: If the voltage is less than 85% of the ratedvoltage, there might be insufficient voltage to operate the valve.

85% of 110VAC @ 50Hz. = 94 VAC minimum85% of 120VAC @ 60Hz. =102 VAC minimum85% of 220VAC @ 50Hz. =187 VAC minimum85% of 240VAC @ 60Hz. =208 VAC minimum

7. Any indication of voltage not being applied to the valve is an indication ofa control circuit problem.

Page 240: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual10-4 Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00

Soleniod Coils

Checking Coil Resistance

1. PRECAUTIONS:a. UNPLUG the valve from the wire harness.b. If the valve has been energized, let the coil COOL to room

temperature.c. Set the multimeter to measure resistance (Ohms).d. Make sure the multimeter leads make solid contact with the

metal connector prongs in the wire harness plug holes.e. Make sure the multimeter probe tips are not touching each

other or your fingers.

2. Ohms readings for 110VAC@50Hz. / 120VAC@60Hz. coils should be:Across the red and yellow leads: between 225 and 275 ohmsAcross the red and black leads: between 225 and 275 ohmsAcross the yellow and black leads: between 450 and 550 ohms(should be the sum of the previous two readings)

3. Ohms readings for 240VAC@60Hz. coils should be:Across the red and yellow leads: between 963 and 1,177 ohmsAcross the red and black leads: between 963 and 1,177 ohmsAcross the yellow and black leads between 1,926 and 2,354 ohms(should be the sum of the previous two readings)

3. Ohms readings for 230VAC@50Hz. coils should be:Across the red and yellow leads: between 1,080 and 1,320 ohmsAcross the red and black leads: between 1,080 and 1,320 ohmsAcross the yellow and black leads between 2,160 and 2,640 ohms(should be the sum of the previous two readings)

4. All of the above ohm readings assume that the coil is at ambient (room)temperature.

5. Any ohm reading showing a short circuit or open circuit or ohms readingsout of the above ranges is an indication of a coil, lead-wire crimp, orconduit wire problem. If the ohm readings are correct, then this indicates

If the coil is HOT, itcan increase theresistance (Ohm)measurements byas much as 20%.

Page 241: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 2.0 May 2000 10-5

Soleniod Coils

Wiring Diagrams

FULL FLOW

A = CLOSEDB = CLOSED

LOW FLOW

A = CLOSEDB = OPEN

NO FLOW

A = OPENB = OPEN

YELLOW

BLACK

REDVALVE

A

B

120/240VAC

YELLOW

BLACK

REDVALVE

A

B

120/240VAC

YELLOW

BLACK

REDVALVE

A

B

120/240VAC

Page 242: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual10-6 Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00

Soleniod Coils

Page 243: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 11-1

A

Ampere, a measuring unit for current flow in a circuit.

AC

Alternating current power, also abbreviated VAC.

AMPS

Another abbreviation for ampere, see A above.

APPROVE

Command from a console or other fuel point controller allowing a sale tobegin. A fueling point remains approved until the nozzle is returned to theboot.

• In console operation with key arming, the fueling point mustbe key-armed before it requests approval. The console sendsthe approval command to approve the fueling point.

• In stand-alone operation with no key-arming, the fueling pointis approved immediately when a hose is activated. In key-arming operation, the fueling point must be key-armed beforea hose can be approved.

ARMING

(See key arming or permanent arming)

ARMING KEY

Also referred to as the attendant’s key. When placed on the keyswitch area,the dispenser is readied for a transaction. This key is red or blue.

ASR

(Tokheim) Authorized Service Representative.

BAD SALE LIMIT

Once the dispenser exceeds the dispenser error limit on a sale, the sale isstopped, and the bad sale counter increments by one. When the bad salecounter exceeds the present limit, the dispenser is stopped and an error codeis displayed.

Section 11: GlossaryGlossary A — B

Page 244: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual11-2 Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999

BATTERY BACKUP TIME

The time the dispenser will remain powered up after the loss of AC power.

BLEND RATIO

A ratio (generally described in terms of percentages) between two straight-grade products combined to create a blended product. Example: a 60%product 1 and 40% product 2 blend would be expressed as a 60/40 blendratio.

BLENDED PRODUCT

Product composed of a percentage (blend ratio) of two grades of fuel.

BLENDER DISPENSER

Any of the Premier series of dispensers which allows the mixing of twogrades of fuel to create a mid-range grade.

BLENDING VALVE

Electronically controlled valve used to blend two products at the programmedblend ratio.

CARD CAGE

The subassembly inside the dispenser which contains the electronic circuitboards (CPU, interface, etc.).

CB(n)

Circuit breaker (n). Used for over-current protection.

CONSOLE

Device for controlling and monitoring fueling points.

CONSOLE OPERATION

(with key arming) - A fueling point operating mode that allows a sale tobegin only after the arming key is placed on the keyswitch area.

(with permanent arming) - A fueling point operating mode that allows asale to begin upon receipt of a valid approval command from the console.

Glossary B — C

Page 245: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 11-3

CPU

Central Processing Unit. The name of the circuit board which performs allthe “computer” functions for programming and processing fuel sales.

CRC

Cyclic Redundancy Check. This test verifies that the CPU board isfunctional. A number derived from a block of data, and stored or transmittedwith the data in order to detect any errors in transmission. It is similar to achecksum, but more complicated. A cyclic redundancy check is oftencalculated by adding words or bytes of the data. The receiving computerrecalculates the CRC from the data received and compares it to the valueoriginally transmitted; if the values are not the same, it indicates atransmission error.

CUSTOMER SERVICE

Tokheim Solution Center 1-800-866-6762

DECIMAL POINT

Manager's mode F22 sets the decimal point location in the money, volume,and ppuv displays.

DEFAULT

A value or condition that is automatically set at system initialization and canbe changed by the operator if necessary.

DHC

Dedicated Hose Controller. A Tokheim dispenser controller.

DIP SWITCH

Dual In-line Package; an electronic component containing one or moreswitches that control various device parameters or options.

DISPENSER ERROR LIMIT

Limit set in programming that a dispenser can have in any one sale beforesale will be stopped.

Glossary C — D

Page 246: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual11-4 Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999

DISPENSER FUNCTION CODE

Set in manager’s mode function F19; specifies whether the dispenser willoperate in stand-alone mode, or with a console, and depending on which modeis selected, will determine which type or arming is to be used. (See key-arming and permanent arming.)

DISPLAY ADDRESS

Establishes the dispenser’s fundamental identity with the system software.

DISPLAY DIAGNOSTICS

A function available at the dispenser to check the displays and keypad buttonsfor proper operation.

DPT

Dispenser Payment Terminal

DUAL-PHASE PULSER

A device in the dispenser that generates two pulse streams, one lagging theother by 90 degrees (quadrature). It is used by the CPU board to keep trackof volume dispensed.

Premier B: U.S.A. measurement: 1000 pulses = one gallonMetric measurement: 250 pulses = 1 liter

Premier C: U.S.A. measurement: 400 pulses = one gallonMetric measurement: 100 pulses = 1 liter

EPROM

Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory. This integrated circuit containsthe operating program for the CPU. This device is directly related to thesoftware version number.

Err (nn)

An Error code displayed by the dispenser indicating a problem which requiresattention.

FCC

Federal Communications Commission.

F(nn)

Function (nn) of the manager's mode.

Glossary D — F

Page 247: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 11-5

FUEL BLEND RATIO

(See Blend Ratio)

GPM

Gallons per minute, a rate of flow.

HZ

Hertz, a unit of measure for frequency.

ICONS

Nine lines of customer prompts which are displayed when the dispenser doesnot have a DPT installed. (Premier B only)

INSIGHT™

A model of Tokheim Dispenser Payment Terminal that includes a graphicdisplay and a standard or graphic printer.

J(n)

Refers to a specific connector, numbered (n).

JU(n)

Refers to a specific jumper, numbered (n).

KEY ARMING

Key arming a dispenser requires a magnetic arming key to be placed on thekeyswitch area of the dispenser before a sale can occur. Key arming can beused in both console operation and stand-alone operation. The arming key canbe used on both sides of a dispenser.

LCD

Liquid Crystal Display. Tokheim uses this technology for the dispenserdisplays.

LEAK DETECTOR DELAY

Amount of time needed for the leak detector system to pressurize.

Glossary F — L

Page 248: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual11-6 Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999

LED

Light Emitting Diode. An electronic device that illuminates when the propersignals are present.

LEVEL SECURITY CODES

Codes used in programming that allow access to information contained invarious areas of dispenser programming.

MANAGER KEY

A magnetic key which, when placed on the keyswitch area, is used to enterthe manager mode for programming the dispenser. The manager key color isblack.

MANAGER MODE

A mode of operation allowing the programming of configuration or setup data.

MAXIMUM DELIVERY

A programmed value that limits the maximum amount of fuel that candispensed in one sale.

MEMS

Modular Electronic Marketing System.

METER VOLUME

Amount of product that has passed through the meter.

MOP

Method of payment.

N.F.P.A.

National Fire Protection Agency.

NON-BLEND DISPENSER

Standard Model Premier dispenser with up to four straight grade products andup to four hoses per side.

Glossary L — N

Page 249: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 11-7

NO PULSE TIME-OUT

A programmed value that sets the maximum time allowed between pulsesafter a sale has started. This function will terminate a sale if no pulses arereceived during the set time out period.

OCTANE

A property of the fuel product controlling the burning rate. A figure of meritrepresenting the resistance of gasoline to premature detonation when exposedto heat and pressure in the combustion chamber of an internal-combustionengine.

OPERATING MODE

(See Run Mode)

OPERATOR INTERFACE KEYPAD

This keypad is used for data entry, starting and stopping the dispenser, andmanager mode programming.

PC, PCB

Printed Circuit Board.

PERIPHERAL EQUIPMENT

All equipment designed or adapted for use with the Tokheim Premierdispensers, point-of-sale consoles, printers, etc.

PERMANENT ARMING

A programmable dispenser mode not requiring use of a key. The dispenser isarmed to allow a fuel sale as soon as it becomes idle. Permanent arming canbe used in both console operation and stand-alone operation.

P(n)

Product number ‘n’.

PPUV DISPLAY

Dispenser displays that show the price-per-unit-volume.

Glossary N — P

Page 250: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual11-8 Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999

PREMIER B

The Premier B series dispenser is one of the most technologically advanceddispensers in the world. Premier B dispensers offer multi-hose configurations,vapor recover, product blending, dispenser payment terminals for cash, credit,debit, and fleet card fuel sales, large LCD displays that incorporate customerinstructions and dispenser diagnostics, and the most reliable meter in theindustry.

PREMIER C

The Premier C series dispenser is an enhancement to the Premier B seriesdispenser. Enhancements include a 6-piece chassis, dual head cardreader,draw style locks on lower doors, standardized raceway design, easier accessto components in the raceway, electronics enclosure and hydraulics cabinet,and full ADA compliance.

PRESETS

Fuel sale in which the maximum money or volume amount is selected at thedispenser or at the console before the sale begins. The dispenserautomatically stops dispensing the product when the preset value is reached.

PRODUCT SELECTION KEYPAD

A 1 x 5 keypad that the customer uses to select which fuel grade will bedispensed from the hose.

PRODUCT SELECTION NUMBER

An assigned number (in Mode F28) that is used by the console to identify thehose or product.

PROGRAMMING BUTTON

Any of the keypad buttons found on the Operator Interface keypad .

PROGRAMMING MODE

(See Manager's Mode)

PSI

Pounds per Square Inch. A unit of measure for pressure.

Glossary P

Page 251: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999 11-9

PULSES

Electrical impulses from dual-phase pulser that is used by the CPU board tokeep track of the volume dispensed.Premier B: U.S.A. measurement: 1000 pulses = one gallon

Metric measurement: 250 pulses = 1 liter

Premier C: U.S.A. measurement: 400 pulses = one gallonMetric measurement: 100 pulses = 1 liter

RAM

Random Access Memory. Temporary memory storage device.

REMOTE

Remote control of submerged pump. Pump is located within the product tank,not in the dispenser.

R(n)

Resistor number ‘n’.

ROM

(See EPROM)

RS-485An EIA (Electronic Industries Association) standard that defines a protocolfor serial data communications. Allows several devices to be connected to asingle cable, distributed over a wide area.

RUN MODE

Method of operation where fuel transactions take place (when you are not inmanager mode).

RXD

Receive data

SECURITY LEVELS

Levels of manager modes where a programmed code for restricting access tothose modes exist

Glossary P — S

Page 252: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual11-10 Form 4817A Version 1.0 August 1999

SHIFT TOTALS

Cumulative sales totals for the shift that are stored in memory.

SIDE A OR B

All programming of a Premier dispenser is done on side A. Side B is oppositeof side A.

SLOW FLOW

Dispenser mode in which the fast flow valve has closed while the slow flowvalve has remained open to provide a reduced rate of fuel flow.

SLOW FLOW OFFSET

The point near the end of a preset fuel sale in which the fueling pointautomatically enters slow flow mode to prevent an overrun. Default = 0.2gallon, or .6 liter.

SOFTWARE DATE CODE

The release date of the dispenser software installed. The date code can beaccessed in manager mode F99.

STAND-ALONE OPERATION

The mode of operation when the dispenser does not require interaction withconsole to dispense product.

STORAGE TANK

Underground or above-ground tank used for storing product.

STRAIGHT PRODUCT

A non-blended product.

SUCTION PUMP

Pump is located in the dispenser and moves the product from the tanks bysuction.

SW(n)

Switch number ‘n’.

Glossary S

Page 253: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 11-11

TDS

Tokheim Debit System - provides secure debit transactions at the dispenserwhen used with the Tokheim Encryption Device (TED).

TDS Plus

Tokheim Debit System Plus - the name of the original debit solution providedby Tokheim that incorporates a secure pin pad at the dispenser.

TED

Tokheim Encryption Device – used with Tokheim Debit System (TDS) toprovide secure debit transactions.

TTC

Talk to Console communication signal.

TTD

Talk to Dispenser communication signal.

TP(n)

Test Point number ‘n’.

TRANSVERSE DISPENSER

Transverse dispenser models have their products arranged in a transverse(reverse) order from side A to side B. The last two letters of the modelnumber identify a transverse left (TL) or a transverse right (TR) dispenser.Programming for transverse operation is performed in Modes F23 and F29.

TS(n)

Thermostat number ‘n’.

TXD

Transmit data.

UDCB

Universal Dispenser Controller, originally designed for Premier B, but is alsoused in Premier C series dispensers.

Glossary T — U

Page 254: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual11-12 Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00

U.L.

Underwriter’s Laboratories.

U(n)

The designation given for an integrated circuit numbered ‘n’.

VAC, AC

Volts, Alternating Current

VBB

Battery backup voltage reading (no AC power).

VBAT

Battery voltage reading.

VDC

Volts, Direct Current

VIEW ONLY PARAMETER

A parameter in programming that cannot be changed, only viewed.

VREF

A reference voltage for the pulsers’ Op Amp circuit.

Glossary U – V

Page 255: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Index-1

Index

Index

Symbols

110 VAC Transformer Pri 3-20220 VAC Transformer Pri 3-2067 Interface Box 1-7, 5-1569 Interface Box 7-9

A

A Side 2-2, 2-3, 3-10, 3-19A/L 9-4A/L Adjust 9-11AC

Current Requirements 1-3Distribution Board

Premier B & C 3-12Filter Connector 3-13Input 3-12Input Connector 3-14Noise Filter 3-12Option 3-14Power Switch 2-17Spare Connector 3-14Switch 3-12

AC DistributionBlock Diagram

Premier B 4-16Wiring Diagram

Premier B 4-23Premier C 4-37

Access DoorPremier C 2-12Premier C with Insight 2-14

AccessingCard Cage

Premier B 2-6, 2-7Premier C 2-17

Circuit BoardsMaxVac 2-10, 2-19

Connection BoxPremier B 2-11

DPT Controller BoardsPremier C 2-18

Electrical Components 2-1Hardware

Premier C 2-16Options

Premier B 2-8Adjust Resistor

battery charger 3-6

Adjusting Contrast 8-12Adjustment, Contrast, DPT display board 7-36Alternative Manager/Arming Key 3-26Ambient Temperature 1-3Arming

keyswitch area, Premier C 2-13, 2-15Arming Key 3-22, 3-23, 3-25, 5-2ASR (Authorized Service Representative) 1-1, 9-1, 9-5

B

B Side 2-3, 2-11, 3-10Backlit LCD Displays 1-4Backup Buttons 5-4Basic Programming 5-3, 5-4, 5-5Battery

Charge Voltage 3-7charger set point jumper 3-6connection 2-17

INSIGHT DPT 8-9INSIGHT DPT 8-6low or disconnected 5-3Power Down Switch 3-7

Battery Pack 3-2connector 3-5

Beeper 3-22, 3-23, 3-24, 3-25, 3-26connector

INSIGHT DPT 8-9Blend

Control solenoids 1-28Operational sequence 1-26, 1-27, 1-28Pulses 1-27Regulator valve 1-26Valve assembly 1-26Valve interface board 1-28Valve power supply 1-28

Blend Control Board 3-2MaxVac Interface 3-17, 9-8, 9-9Premier B & C 3-17, 9-9

Blend Valve Power 3-20Blender 3-19

operational diagramelectronic 1-20, 1-25variable 1-20, 1-23

Blending valve power supplyOverview 1-28

Page 256: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technincal Reference ManualIndex-2 Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00

Index

Block DiagramAC Distribution Board, Premier B 4-16InSight DPT 8-3Standard DPT with TDS 7-9

BoardAC Distribution Board

Premier B & C 3-12Blend Control Board

MaxVac 9-6Premier B & C 3-17, 9-9

Circuit BoardsPremier B 2-8Premier C 2-17

Display BoardPremier B (beeper in electronics enclosure) 3-22Premier B (beeper in raceway) 3-23Premier C 3-25

Expanded Computer BoardPremier B & C 3-8

InterfacePremier B & C 3-6

LED BoardPremier B 3-21

Mini Motor ControlMaxVac 9-13

Mother BoardPremier B & C 3-3

Motor ControlMaxVac 9-11

MultiplexMaxVac 9-6, 9-7, 9-8Premier B & C 3-10

Options Power SupplyPremier B & C 3-19

Orientation 3-2Power Supply

MaxVac 9-10Relay Board

Premier B & C 3-11Valve Interface Board

Premier B & C 3-18Boards

Valve interface board 1-28Button, Control 2-8, 3-6, 3-7

C

Calibrating Dispenser Meters 5-14Call Button 4-5, 4-6CARB 9-4Card Cage

Premier B 2-9Premier C 2-17

Card Reader 2-4, 7-36, 8-22Cleaning 8-22

Cardreader 2-12, 2-14Cash Acceptor 2-4, 2-8, 2-12, 2-13, 2-15, 3-19

Access, Premier B 7-33, 7-34, 7-35Cassette 7-32DIP switches 7-35Lock Assemblies 7-32, 7-33, 7-34, 7-35

Cash Out 3-20Cash PPUV Display 2-4, 2-5Circuit Board Signal Flow Block Diagram

Premier B 6-2Premier C 6-3

Circuit Boards. See BoardCircuit Breaker 3-12, 9-5Circuit Breakers 3-18Clearing a Paper Jam

Premier B - Graphic Printer 8-26Premier C - INSIGHT DPT Printer 8-29

Code Histories 5-8, 5-9Coil Resistance 10-4Coil Voltages 10-2, 10-3Coils 1-5, 10-1

Wiring Diagrams 10-5Communication

Connector 3-5Problems

INSIGHT DPT 8-17, 8-18Communication Rate Settings

INSIGHT DPT 8-7Communications 3-7

Diagnostics Display 5-6Components

INSIGHT DPT 8-2, 8-3MaxVac System 9-3Premier B

Electronics Enclosure 2-4, 2-5Premier C

Electronics Enclosure 2-12, 2-13, 2-14, 2-15Standard DPT 7-2

Configurations, Handle and Pulser ConnectorsIntrinsically Safe Barrier Assembly 3-28

Connection BoxPremier B 2-11Premier C 2-20

Connector and Test Point Locations, DPT 7-4Connectors 3-22, 3-23, 3-25Console Operation 1-6Contrast

Adjusting Display 8-12Adjusting DPT display board 7-36

Control Button 2-8, 2-17, 3-6, 3-7, 5-5

Page 257: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Index-3

Index

Control Valves 1-5Controller Board

Connectors 7-7Connectors Defined for Standard D 7-17INSIGHT DPT 8-4, 8-5, 8-8Standard DPT with TDS Plus 7-13

Controller valve, blender 1-26Conventions, used in this Manual 1-1Counter, pulsers 1-27CPU board program memory 5-13CRC Code 5-13Credit PPUV Display 2-4Current Requirements 1-3Customer Prompts Display Area 2-4

D

Darken Display. See Contrast, Adjusting DisplayDate Code, Software 5-13Debit DPT

CPU Board LED's 7-17Product Selection Keypad 2-4Start Key 2-4

Delivery Rate 1-5DHC 1-6, 1-7Diagnostic

codes 5-7display communications 5-6Dual Flow Skinner Valves 10-1Information 5-1INSIGHT 7-18, 7-19, 7-20, 8-14, 8-15keypad 5-12ROM CRC 5-13

DiagramSignal Flow 6-2, 6-3

DiaphramRegulator valve 1-26

DIP Switch 3-9Expanded Computer Board 3-8

DispenserRepair 6-2

Dispenser Configuration 1-10Dispenser Electronics 1-3Dispenser Error Codes 6-4, 6-5, 6-6, 6-7, 6-8Dispenser flow rate check 9-4Dispenser Identification

Premier B 1-14, 1-15Premier C 1-16, 1-17, 1-18

Dispenser OptionsH models 1-8, 1-9, 1-10I models 1-8, 1-9, 1-10

Dispenser Orientation 2-2, 2-3

Display 1-4adjusting contrast 8-12Back-Lights 3-12Board

Assembly 2-6Premier C 3-25Premier B (beeper in electronics enclosure) 3-22Premier B (beeper in raceway) 3-23Side A and Side B Connectors 3-5

Data Signals 3-6Dialface 2-6DPT 2-4, 2-13INSIGHT Debit 2-14INSIGHT DPT 2-15Money 2-4money/volume 2-12, 2-15PPUV 2-4price per unit volume 2-13, 2-15Problems

INSIGHT 8-19Wiring Diagram

Premier B 4-22Premier C 4-36

DOCUMENT-on-DEMAND 1-2Documents, related 1-2Door Lock

Premier C 2-16DPT 1-3, 1-4, 1-6, 2-6, 3-19

Beeper 3-23, 3-24, 3-25, 3-26Block Diagram 7-4Card Reader Cleaning 7-36, 8-22Cash Acceptor Access 7-35Communication Problems 8-17, 8-18Communication Status 5-6Components 7-2Controller Board 7-5

Address Settings 8-8Board Connectors 8-9INSIGHT DPT 8-4, 8-5Jumper and Switch Locations 7-5Jumper Locations 8-4Jumper Settings 8-6Premier B 2-9Premier C 2-18Status LEDs 8-5SW1 Switch Settings 8-7Test Point Locations 8-4

CPU Board 7-5, 7-9, 7-14, 7-15Diagnostics 7-21, 7-22, 7-23, 7-24, 7-25Dial Assembly

H300B Series only 2-6Display 2-4Display Problems 8-19

Page 258: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technincal Reference ManualIndex-4 Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00

Index

DPTIllustration 2-4, 2-12, 2-14Jumper Locations 7-10, 7-14Keypad Keycodes 8-13Light Emitting Diodes (LED) 7-8, 7-17, 8-5Lights 3-12Operational Problems 8-20, 8-21Out 3-20Power Supply 3-2Printer 2-8

Clear Paper Jam 8-23Panel 2-4Problems. See troubleshootingSpecifications 7-26

Switch Locations 7-5, 7-10, 7-14Test Point Locations 7-4, 8-5Troubleshooting 7-21, 7-22, 7-23, 7-24, 7-25,

8-17, 8-18, 8-19, 8-20, 8-21with TDS 7-9

Dual flow 1-5Dual phase pulsers 1-4Dual-Price 2-13, 2-15

E

Electronic Blenderoperational diagrams 1-20, 1-23, 1-25overview 1-7

Electronics 1-3Electronics Enclosure Components

Premier B 2-4, 2-5Premier C 2-12, 2-13, 2-14, 2-15

Entering Manager Modes 5-2EPROM 3-8ERR05 5-3Error

Codes 6-4, 6-5, 6-6, 6-7, 6-8History 5-7, 5-8Indicators 9-6, 9-7Message Handling & Troubleshooting Tips 6-1

Ethanol 1-5Exiting Manager Mode 5-2, 5-5Expanded Computer Board

DIP Switch 3-9Premier B & C 3-8

Expanded computer board 1-27

F

F02 5-4F11 5-6F96 5-7, 5-8, 5-9F97 5-10, 5-11F98 5-12

Fan Assembly 3-2, 3-12Fan Connector 3-13FAX-On-Demand 9-4Features 1-6, 1-7, 1-8, 1-9Feed Button

Graphic printer 8-27Filters 1-5Fluorescent backlit LCD Displays 1-4Foundation Plans 1-2Fuel Limitations 1-5Full-Flow 10-2Function Codes 5-10, 5-11

G

Gasboy DPT 7-2GASBOY ONLY, DPT SW1 7-6Graphic DPT

Keypad Keycodes 8-13Graphic Mode 8-2Graphic Printer 2-8, 8-23

Clear Paper Jam 8-23Paper Specs. 8-23

H

Handle and Pulser Connectors ConfigurationsIntrinsically Safe Barrier 3-28

Heater 1-3, 3-2, 3-12Heater Connector 3-13HHHH 5-10Histories 5-7, 5-8, 5-9Hose Controllers 1-7Humidity 1-3

I

In-line Connector 5-15Inlet solenoid 1-26, 1-28Input Connector 3-24, 3-26Input Voltage, Wide Range Power Supply 1-4INSIGHT

installing paper 8-1INSIGHT DPT 1-4, 8-9

Battery Connection 8-9Beeper Connector 8-9Block Diagram 8-3Communication Problems 8-17, 8-18Communication Rate Settings 8-7Components 8-2, 8-3Controller Board 8-4, 8-5, 8-8debit display, Premier C 2-14Diagnostics 7-18, 7-19, 7-20, 8-14, 8-15

Page 259: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Index-5

Index

INSIGHT DPTDisplay Problems 8-19DPT display, Premier C 2-15Graphic Printer 8-23illustration, Premier B 2-5illustration, Premier C 2-14installing paper

Graphic DPT, Premier B 8-23Premier C 8-28

keypad function codes 5-11, 8-13Operational Problems 8-20, 8-21

INSIGHT DPT Controller BoardsPremier B 2-9Premier C 2-18

Installing PaperPremier B - Tear-Bar Printer 7-27Premier C - INSIGHT DPT Printer 8-28Premier C - Standard Printer 7-29

Installing Printer PaperINSIGHT DPT, Premier C 8-28

Intercom Button Output 3-5Intercom Speaker 1-7, 4-6Intercom Speaker Junction Box 4-5Interface Board 3-2, 3-9, 3-10, 3-11, 5-15

Premier B 2-8Premier B & C 3-6Premier C 2-17

Intrinsically Safe Barrier AssemblyPremier C 3-27, 3-28

J

J-Box 5-15Jumper and Switch Locations

DPT Controller Board 7-5for Standard DPT with TDS 7-10, 7-14INSIGHT DPT 8-6

JumpersDisplay Board 3-22, 3-23, 3-25

Junction Box, Speaker 4-5

K

KeyArming 3-22, 3-23, 3-25, 5-2Manager 3-22, 3-23, 3-25, 5-2

Keycodes 8-13Keypad

buttons 5-10, 5-12Connectors 3-22, 3-23, 3-24, 3-25, 3-26diagnostics 5-12function code 5-10operator interface 2-4, 2-13, 2-15product selection 2-6

Keypadproduct selection, Premier B 2-4product selection, Premier C 2-13, 2-15remote 2-14

Keypad LayoutSoftkey 8-13

Keypad Test 8-13Keyswitch

Premier B 2-4Premier C 2-13

Keyswitch area 5-2

L

LCD Displays 1-4LED 3-8, 6-4, 7-8, 7-17

Board 3-21Control 3-24

Expanded Computer Board 3-8Interface Board 3-6, 3-7Locations 8-5MaxVac 9-10, 9-11, 9-13

Lighten. See Contrast, Adjusting DisplayLighting, Spandrel 4-6Lights and Heater 1-3Lights Connector 3-15Lock

Premier C 2-16Lock assemblies, Cash Acceptor 7-32Logic Sequence 6-2Low Battery 3-7Low-Flow 10-2

M

Magnetic Key 5-2Magnetic Keyswitch Area 2-4Main AC In 3-20Main AC Switch 3-12Main Lights Connector 3-15Manager

Key 2-13, 2-15, 3-22, 3-23, 3-25, 5-2, 5-4Mode 1-6, 3-9, 5-3, 9-5

Manager/Arming Key 3-24Manager’s Mode F02 5-4Manifolded 1-19MaxVac 1-3

Blend Control BoardMaxVac Interface 3-17, 9-8, 9-9

Boards. See BoardCircuit Breakers 9-10Error Reset 9-5, 9-11, 9-13LED

Page 260: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technincal Reference ManualIndex-6 Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00

Index

MaxVacMini Motor Control Board 9-13Motor Control Board 9-11Power Supply Board 9-10

Mini Motor Control Board 9-13Motor Control Board 9-11, 9-12, 9-13, 9-14Multiplex Board 9-8Nozzle/Vehicle Fill Pipe 9-3Power Supply Board 9-10System Components 9-3Tests 9-4Theory of Operation 9-1Vapor Recovery System Components

Premier B 2-10Premier C 2-19

Mechanical Totalizers 1-5Meter 1-5

Accuracy 1-5Calibrating 5-14

Methanol 1-5Method of Payment 2-15Mirror 2-3Mode F11 5-6Mode F96 5-7, 5-8, 5-9Mode F97 5-10, 5-11Mode F98 5-12Model Number Notation 1-11

Premier B 1-8, 1-9, 1-10Model/Serial Number Plate 2-2Money Display 1-4, 2-4, 3-22, 3-23Money/Volume 5-12Money/Volume Display 2-12, 2-15Mother Board 3-2Motor Circuit 3-10Motor Control Connector 3-4Motor Control board, MaxVac

Premier B 2-10Premier C 2-19

Motors, Suction 1-3Multi-Hose 1-19, 1-24Multiplex Board 3-2, 3-11, 9-5, 9-6, 9-7, 9-8

Premier B & C 3-10

N

National Fire Protection Agency 2-1Native Mode 8-2Non-Graphic. See Native ModeNon-Zero Sales 5-4Nozzle

Sensors 3-10Nozzle Boot Switches 5-10Number

Serial 2-7, 2-9

O

OperatingEnvironment 1-3Mode 1-6Program 3-8Temperature, wide range power supply 1-4

Operational Diagrams 1-19, 1-20, 1-22, 1-23, 1-24,1-25

1 or 2 Hose Manifolded Disp. (H424C-R) 1-19Elect. Var. Blend, Transverse Disp. (424C-RB4TR)

1-23Elect. Var. Blend, Transverse Disp. (H424C-

RB4TL) 1-23Electronic Blend Disp. (H426C-REB) 1-20Electronic Blend, Transverse Disp. (H426C-

REBTL) 1-25Electronic Blend, Transverse Disp. (H426C-

REBTR) 1-25Electronic Var. Blend Disp. (H424C-RB3, B4, B5)

1-20Manifolded, Transverse Disp. (H424C-RTL) 1-22Manifolded, Transverse Disp. (H424C-RTR) 1-22Multi-hose Disp. (H428C-R) 1-19Multi-hose, Transverse Disp. (H426C-RTL) 1-24Multi-hose, Transverse Disp. (H426C-RTR) 1-24

Operational ProblemsINSIGHT DPT 8-20, 8-21

Operational sequence, blender valve 1-26, 1-27, 1-28Operator Interface

Keypad 2-4, 2-13, 2-15, 3-22, 3-23, 3-25Keypad call button 4-5, 4-6Keypad Connector 3-24, 3-26

Option Power Supply Connector 3-14Options, dispenser

H, I models 1-8, 1-9, 1-10Options Power Supply 2-17, 3-2

Premier B & C 3-19Orientation 2-2, 2-3

System Boards 3-2Outlet solenoid 1-26, 1-28Outline Drawings 1-2Output Current, Wide Range Power Supply 1-4Output Noise, Wide Range Power Supply 1-4Overview

Blender operational sequence 1-26, 1-27, 1-28Valve interface board 1-28

P

Panel 2-6Paper Jam

Correcting, Standard Printer 7-30

Page 261: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Index-7

Index

Part No.Graphic printer paper, Premier B 8-23INSIGHT DPT Printer, Premier C 8-28

PASS 5-3Peripheral Devices 7-2Plate, Serial Number 2-7, 2-9Positive Displacement Meter 1-5Power Requirements 1-3Power Supply Board

MaxVac 9-10Power Supply board, MaxVac

Premier B 2-10Power Supply, Options 3-2Power Supply, Wide Range 1-4Power Switch 2-7, 2-8, 2-17, 3-2, 3-18PPUV 2-13, 2-15, 3-22, 3-23, 3-25, 5-12Premier B Dispenser Identification 1-15Premier C Dispenser Identification 1-14, 1-16, 1-17,

1-18Premier Specifications 1-3, 1-4, 1-5Price Displays 3-22, 3-23Primary Access Door 2-12, 2-14Printer 2-6, 2-8, 2-12, 2-14

Clearing a Paper JamPremier C - Standard Printer 7-30

installing INSIGHT DPT paper 8-1Installing Paper

Graphic Printer, Premier B 8-23Premier C 8-28

ProblemsMaxVac 9-5

Problems, Communication. See Communication Problems:INSIGHT

Problems, Display. See Display Problems: INSIGHTProblems, Operational. See Operational Problems:

INSIGHTProduct 6 3-22, 3-23Product Lights Connector 3-15Product Number Assignments 2-3Product Selection Keypad 2-4, 2-6, 2-13, 2-15,

3-22, 3-23, 3-24, 3-25, 3-26Products 4, 3, 2, and 1 3-4Programming

backup buttons 5-4basic programming 5-4changing parameter information 5-3entering manager modes 5-3exiting manager modes 5-5illustration of display 5-4manager key 5-4moving from one mode to the next 5-3quick entry method 5-7saving manager mode settings 5-5TDS Plus 5-4

Proportional Blend Valves 1-5Pulser/Handle Connector 3-4Pulsers 1-4, 1-27, 3-10Pulses 1-27Pulses Per Gallon / Liter 1-4

Q

Quick Entry Method 5-7

R

RAM 3-8Ratio Test. See A/LReceipt Slot 2-4Regulator valve 1-26, 1-28Related Documents 1-2Relative humidity 1-3Relay

Board 3-2, 3-10, 3-11Power 3-12

Relay Power Connector 3-14Remote Keypad 2-14Removing the Cash Acceptor

Premier B 7-33Premier C 7-34

RequirementsPerformance 1-5Power 1-3

Resistance 10-4Retainer

Screws 2-8, 2-17ROM CRC Diagnostic Test 5-13RS-485 3-6Run Mode 1-6, 5-14

S

Serial Number Plate 2-2, 2-7, 2-9Service Parts 7-29Service Parts Division 8-22, 8-28Side

A 2-2, 3-10, 3-19B 2-11, 3-10

Signal Flow Diagram 6-2, 6-3Single-Price 2-13, 2-15Softkey Keypad Layout 8-13Softkeys 2-15Softkeys, Illustrations 5-11, 8-13Software Date Code 5-13Solenoids 1-26, 1-28Solid State Relays 3-11Solution Center 6-1Spandrel Lighting 1-3, 4-6

Page 262: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technincal Reference ManualIndex-8 Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00

Index

Speaker 1-7Speaker Junction Box 3-5, 4-5Specifications 1-3, 1-4, 1-5Specifications, Thermal Paper 7-29, 8-28Stand-alone Operation 1-6Standard DPT 7-2, 7-3Standard DPT with TDS

Block Diagram 7-9Start Up / Battery Power Down Switch 3-7Start Up Switch 3-6, 3-7State History 5-7, 5-8Static Pressure Decay Test 9-4Static Strap 2-17, 3-1Strainer Screen 1-5Suction Motors 1-3Surge Protection Connector 3-13Surge/Spike Protection 3-12SW1 3-7, 7-7, 7-10, 7-15

Expanded Computer Board 3-8, 3-9INSIGHT DPT, Switch Settings 8-7Interface Board 3-6

SW2 8-6, 9-7Switch

DIP 3-9Power 3-2, 3-18

Switch, Power 2-7, 2-8, 2-17Switch Settings 7-6, 7-15System

Ground 3-6System Boards. See BoardSystem Overview 1-29

T

Talk ToConsole 5-14Dispenser 5-14

TCSA 3-10TDS 2-5, 2-14, 7-9, 7-11TDS and TED Connections 7-11TDS Plus 7-13TDS Plus Programming 5-4TED 7-9

troubleshooting 7-26TED unit 7-9, 7-11Temperature 1-3Terminal Block Signals

Premier B 2-11Premier C 2-20

Termination Code 5-8, 5-9Termination Code History 5-7

TestKeypad Buttons 5-12Keypads 5-10MaxVac System 9-4

Test Points 3-7, 3-8, 7-4Descriptions 8-5Header 3-6Locations 8-5

Testing Console Communication 5-14Tests. See also Diagnostics: DPTThermal Paper Specifications 7-29, 8-28Thermostats 3-12Tokheim Customer Service 6-1Totalizers 1-5Transformer

DPT 3-2Input Connector 3-4Pri 3-20Sec 3-20UDCB 3-2

Transverse 2-3Transverse Dispenser Configurations 1-21

Product Locations 1-21Totalizer Locations 1-21

Transverse Dispenser Identification 1-17Troubleshooting 6-1

DPT 7-21, 7-22, 7-23, 7-24, 7-25DPT Communication Problems 8-17, 8-18DPT Display Problems 8-19DPT Operational Problems 8-20, 8-21MaxVac System 9-5

TTC 3-6, 5-14TTD 3-6, 5-14, 5-15

U

Unit Price Display 1-4

V

Vacuum 9-1Valance Lights 3-14Valance Lights Connector 3-15Valve

AC Input Connector 3-4Circuit 3-10Control 3-11Control Connectors 3-4Flow Control 1-5Interface Board 3-2, 3-18Power 3-18signals 3-18

Valve interface board 1-28Vapor system visual check 9-4Vapors 9-1, 9-3

Page 263: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual Tokheim CorporationForm 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 Index-9

Index

Variable Blenderoperational diagram 1-20, 1-23overview 1-7

Vault, cash acceptor 7-32Volt Transformer Connector 3-13Voltage, Battery Charge 3-7Voltages 10-2, 10-3Volume Display 1-4, 3-22, 3-23

Premier B 2-4, 2-5Premier C 2-12, 2-15

W

Warnings 2-8, 2-17Warranty 1-1Watchdog Reset Counter 5-6Wide Range Power Supply 1-4Wiring Diagram

AC Distribution (Premier B) 4-23AC Distribution (Premier C ) 4-37AC Distribution Block Diagram (Premier B) 4-16Debit DPT (Premier C ) 4-40Displays (Premier B) 4-22Displays (Premier C ) 4-36DPT (Premier B) 4-25Electronics Block Diagram (Premier B) 4-8Electronics Block Diagram (Premier C) 4-7H311B-R, H322B-R & H324B-R (Premier B) 4-11H311B-S, H312B-S, H322B-S & H324B-S

(Premier B) 4-4H322B-B3/B5 (Premier B) 4-15H324B INSIGHT DPT (Premier B) 4-26H413B-R (Premier B) 4-9H413B-REB (Premier B) 4-13H426-REB INSIGHT DPT (Premier B) 4-28H426B INSIGHT DPT (Premier B) 4-27H426B-R (Premier B) 4-10H426B-REB (Premier B) 4-14H426B-S (Premier B) 4-2H428B-R (Premier B) 4-12H428B-R INSIGHT DPT (Premier B) 4-29H428B-S (Premier B) 4-3INSIGHT DPT (Premier C ) 4-41Intercom Speaker Wiring (Premier B) 4-5Intercom/Speaker Wiring (Premier C) 4-6Intrinsically Safe Barrier Board

Premier C - H 400 Series 4-34, 4-35Premier C - H300 Series 4-33

MaxVac System, for Blending Dispensers 4-31MaxVac System, for Non-Blend Dispensers 4-30MaxVac Vapor Recovery (Premier C ) 4-38Mother Board (Premier B) 4-17Motors and Valves (Premier B) 4-21Motors and Valves - H428B-S (Premier B) 4-20

Wiring DiagramOptions Power Supply (Premier B) 4-24Pump Handles and Pulsers (Premier B) 4-19Pump Handles and Pulsers - H428B-S (Premier B)

4-18Solenoid Coils 10-5Spandrel Lighting Wiring (Premier C) 4-6Standard DPT (Premier C) 4-39System Wiring Diagram (Premier C) 4-32

Wiring Diagrams 1-2

Page 264: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

Tokheim Corporation Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technincal Reference ManualIndex-10 Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00

Index

Page 265: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

R

USER’S COMMENT AND EVALUATION FORM

MANUAL : ___________________________________________________

FORM NUMBER : _________________

We appreciate your comments and evaluation (both favorable and unfavorable) of this manual.

1. This manual was easy to follow. YES_____ NO_____

2. The information was easy to understand. YES_____ NO_____

3. Section _____ of this manual was the MOST helpful. (briefly state why)______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4. Section _____ of this manual was the LEAST helpful. (briefly state why)_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5. What errors, if any, did you find? (Please identify by page number)Page#:_____Error:___________________________________________________________________Page#:_____Error:___________________________________________________________________Page#:_____Error:___________________________________________________________________Page#:_____Error:___________________________________________________________________

Suggestions for Improvements or Additional Comments:______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Date: ______________________________________

Name: _____________________________________

Title: _____________________________________

Company: __________________________________

Please send to:

Technical PublicationsTokheim CorporationPO Box 360Fort Wayne, IN 46897-1028

Page 266: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

NO POSTAGENECESSARY

IF MAILEDIN THE

UNITED STATES

POSTAGE WILL BE PAID BY ADDRESSEE

BUSINESS REPLY MAILFIRST CLASS PERMIT NO 41 FORT WAYNE IN

FOLD HERE

FOLD HERE

TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONSTOKHEIM CORPORATIONPO BOX 360FORT WAYNE IN 46897-1028

Page 267: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i
Page 268: Technical Reference Manual - · PDF fileCONTENTS Premier B & C Series Dispensers Technical Reference Manual T okheim Corporation Form 4817A Version 2.0 August 1999 Rev. 05/05/00 i

TOKHEIM CORPORATIONPO BOX 360FORT WAYNE IN 46801

For technical questions, please contact:

Tokheim Solution Center

Ph: 800-866-6762

or

Fax: 219-470-4644

For service parts, please contact:

Service Parts Department

Ph: 219-470-4710

or

Fax: 800-866-1999